Compare commits

..

2 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
fur%netscape.com
1c43d4984f This is a copy of regalloc_code2_BRANCH from Netscape's private repository,
as it existed in January of 1998.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22571 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-03-02 16:12:08 +00:00
(no author)
cfe021ff88 This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch
'regalloc_code2_BRANCH'.

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22567 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-03-02 15:57:58 +00:00
2193 changed files with 5324 additions and 727334 deletions

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
DEPTH = ..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
DIRS = include src
ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
DIRS += tests
endif
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
EXPORTS = \
nsres.h \
cdefs.h \
mcom_db.h \
ncompat.h \
winfile.h \
$(NULL)
EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(EXPORTS))
PRIVATE_EXPORTS = \
hsearch.h \
page.h \
extern.h \
ndbm.h \
queue.h \
hash.h \
mpool.h \
search.h \
$(NULL)
PRIVATE_EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(PRIVATE_EXPORTS))
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Makefile to build the cert library
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(MOZ_BITS)" == "16"
!ifndef MOZ_DEBUG
OPTIMIZER=-Os -UDEBUG -DNDEBUG
!endif
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Specify the depth of the current directory relative to the
#// root of NS
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH= ..\..
!ifndef MAKE_OBJ_TYPE
MAKE_OBJ_TYPE=EXE
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// install headers
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPORTS=nsres.h cdefs.h mcom_db.h ncompat.h winfile.h
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Include the common makefile rules
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMOZILLA_CLIENT

View File

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: NPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the NPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the NPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/*
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)cdefs.h 8.7 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
*/
#ifndef _CDEFS_H_
#define _CDEFS_H_
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
#define __END_DECLS }
#else
#define __BEGIN_DECLS
#define __END_DECLS
#endif
/*
* The __CONCAT macro is used to concatenate parts of symbol names, e.g.
* with "#define OLD(foo) __CONCAT(old,foo)", OLD(foo) produces oldfoo.
* The __CONCAT macro is a bit tricky -- make sure you don't put spaces
* in between its arguments. __CONCAT can also concatenate double-quoted
* strings produced by the __STRING macro, but this only works with ANSI C.
*/
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
#define __P(protos) protos /* full-blown ANSI C */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* On HP-UX 11.00, <sys/stdsyms.h> defines __const. */
#ifndef __const
#define __const const /* define reserved names to standard */
#endif /* __const */
#define __signed signed
#define __volatile volatile
#ifndef _WINDOWS
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define __inline inline /* convert to C++ keyword */
#else
#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MWERKS__)
#define __inline /* delete GCC keyword */
#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
#endif /* !__cplusplus */
#endif /* !_WINDOWS */
#else /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
#define __P(protos) () /* traditional C preprocessor */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x/**/y
#define __STRING(x) "x"
#ifndef __GNUC__
#define __const /* delete pseudo-ANSI C keywords */
#define __inline
#define __signed
#define __volatile
/*
* In non-ANSI C environments, new programs will want ANSI-only C keywords
* deleted from the program and old programs will want them left alone.
* When using a compiler other than gcc, programs using the ANSI C keywords
* const, inline etc. as normal identifiers should define -DNO_ANSI_KEYWORDS.
* When using "gcc -traditional", we assume that this is the intent; if
* __GNUC__ is defined but __STDC__ is not, we leave the new keywords alone.
*/
#ifndef NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS
#define const /* delete ANSI C keywords */
#define inline
#define signed
#define volatile
#endif
#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
#endif /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
/*
* GCC1 and some versions of GCC2 declare dead (non-returning) and
* pure (no side effects) functions using "volatile" and "const";
* unfortunately, these then cause warnings under "-ansi -pedantic".
* GCC2 uses a new, peculiar __attribute__((attrs)) style. All of
* these work for GNU C++ (modulo a slight glitch in the C++ grammar
* in the distribution version of 2.5.5).
*/
#if !defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5
#define __attribute__(x) /* delete __attribute__ if non-gcc or gcc1 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
#define __dead __volatile
#define __pure __const
#endif
#endif
/* Delete pseudo-keywords wherever they are not available or needed. */
#ifndef __dead
#define __dead
#define __pure
#endif
#endif /* !_CDEFS_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)extern.h 8.4 (Berkeley) 6/16/94
*/
BUFHEAD *__add_ovflpage (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __addel (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, const DBT *, const DBT *);
int __big_delete (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __big_insert (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, const DBT *, const DBT *);
int __big_keydata (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, DBT *, DBT *, int);
int __big_return (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, DBT *, int);
int __big_split (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, BUFHEAD *, BUFHEAD *,
uint32, uint32, SPLIT_RETURN *);
int __buf_free (HTAB *, int, int);
void __buf_init (HTAB *, int);
uint32 __call_hash (HTAB *, char *, size_t);
int __delpair (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int);
int __expand_table (HTAB *);
int __find_bigpair (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, char *, int);
uint16 __find_last_page (HTAB *, BUFHEAD **);
void __free_ovflpage (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
BUFHEAD *__get_buf (HTAB *, uint32, BUFHEAD *, int);
int __get_page (HTAB *, char *, uint32, int, int, int);
int __ibitmap (HTAB *, int, int, int);
uint32 __log2 (uint32);
int __put_page (HTAB *, char *, uint32, int, int);
void __reclaim_buf (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __split_page (HTAB *, uint32, uint32);
/* Default hash routine. */
extern uint32 (*__default_hash) (const void *, size_t);
#ifdef HASH_STATISTICS
extern int hash_accesses, hash_collisions, hash_expansions, hash_overflows;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)hash.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/31/94
*/
/* Operations */
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
typedef enum {
HASH_GET, HASH_PUT, HASH_PUTNEW, HASH_DELETE, HASH_FIRST, HASH_NEXT
} ACTION;
/* Buffer Management structures */
typedef struct _bufhead BUFHEAD;
struct _bufhead {
BUFHEAD *prev; /* LRU links */
BUFHEAD *next; /* LRU links */
BUFHEAD *ovfl; /* Overflow page buffer header */
uint32 addr; /* Address of this page */
char *page; /* Actual page data */
char is_disk;
char flags;
#define BUF_MOD 0x0001
#define BUF_DISK 0x0002
#define BUF_BUCKET 0x0004
#define BUF_PIN 0x0008
};
#define IS_BUCKET(X) ((X) & BUF_BUCKET)
typedef BUFHEAD **SEGMENT;
typedef int DBFILE_PTR;
#define NO_FILE -1
#ifdef macintosh
#define DBFILE_OPEN(path, flag,mode) open((path), flag)
#define EXISTS(path)
#else
#define DBFILE_OPEN(path, flag,mode) open((path), (flag), (mode))
#endif
/* Hash Table Information */
typedef struct hashhdr { /* Disk resident portion */
int32 magic; /* Magic NO for hash tables */
int32 version; /* Version ID */
uint32 lorder; /* Byte Order */
int32 bsize; /* Bucket/Page Size */
int32 bshift; /* Bucket shift */
int32 dsize; /* Directory Size */
int32 ssize; /* Segment Size */
int32 sshift; /* Segment shift */
int32 ovfl_point; /* Where overflow pages are being
* allocated */
int32 last_freed; /* Last overflow page freed */
int32 max_bucket; /* ID of Maximum bucket in use */
int32 high_mask; /* Mask to modulo into entire table */
int32 low_mask; /* Mask to modulo into lower half of
* table */
int32 ffactor; /* Fill factor */
int32 nkeys; /* Number of keys in hash table */
int32 hdrpages; /* Size of table header */
uint32 h_charkey; /* value of hash(CHARKEY) */
#define NCACHED 32 /* number of bit maps and spare
* points */
int32 spares[NCACHED];/* spare pages for overflow */
uint16 bitmaps[NCACHED]; /* address of overflow page
* bitmaps */
} HASHHDR;
typedef struct htab { /* Memory resident data structure */
HASHHDR hdr; /* Header */
int nsegs; /* Number of allocated segments */
int exsegs; /* Number of extra allocated
* segments */
uint32 /* Hash function */
(*hash)(const void *, size_t);
int flags; /* Flag values */
DBFILE_PTR fp; /* File pointer */
char *filename;
char *tmp_buf; /* Temporary Buffer for BIG data */
char *tmp_key; /* Temporary Buffer for BIG keys */
BUFHEAD *cpage; /* Current page */
int cbucket; /* Current bucket */
int cndx; /* Index of next item on cpage */
int dbmerrno; /* Error Number -- for DBM
* compatability */
int new_file; /* Indicates if fd is backing store
* or no */
int save_file; /* Indicates whether we need to flush
* file at
* exit */
uint32 *mapp[NCACHED]; /* Pointers to page maps */
int nmaps; /* Initial number of bitmaps */
int nbufs; /* Number of buffers left to
* allocate */
BUFHEAD bufhead; /* Header of buffer lru list */
SEGMENT *dir; /* Hash Bucket directory */
off_t file_size; /* in bytes */
char is_temp; /* unlink file on close */
char updateEOF; /* force EOF update on flush */
} HTAB;
/*
* Constants
*/
#define DATABASE_CORRUPTED_ERROR -999 /* big ugly abort, delete database */
#define OLD_MAX_BSIZE 65536 /* 2^16 */
#define MAX_BSIZE 32l*1024l /* 2^15 */
#define MIN_BUFFERS 6
#define MINHDRSIZE 512
#define DEF_BUFSIZE 65536l /* 64 K */
#define DEF_BUCKET_SIZE 4096
#define DEF_BUCKET_SHIFT 12 /* log2(BUCKET) */
#define DEF_SEGSIZE 256
#define DEF_SEGSIZE_SHIFT 8 /* log2(SEGSIZE) */
#define DEF_DIRSIZE 256
#define DEF_FFACTOR 65536l
#define MIN_FFACTOR 4
#define SPLTMAX 8
#define CHARKEY "%$sniglet^&"
#define NUMKEY 1038583l
#define BYTE_SHIFT 3
#define INT_TO_BYTE 2
#define INT_BYTE_SHIFT 5
#define ALL_SET ((uint32)0xFFFFFFFF)
#define ALL_CLEAR 0
#define PTROF(X) ((ptrdiff_t)(X) == BUF_DISK ? 0 : (X))
#define ISDISK(X) ((X) ? ((ptrdiff_t)(X) == BUF_DISK ? BUF_DISK \
: (X)->is_disk) : 0)
#define BITS_PER_MAP 32
/* Given the address of the beginning of a big map, clear/set the nth bit */
#define CLRBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] &= ~(1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
#define SETBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] |= (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
#define ISSET(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] & (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
/* Overflow management */
/*
* Overflow page numbers are allocated per split point. At each doubling of
* the table, we can allocate extra pages. So, an overflow page number has
* the top 5 bits indicate which split point and the lower 11 bits indicate
* which page at that split point is indicated (pages within split points are
* numberered starting with 1).
*/
#define SPLITSHIFT 11
#define SPLITMASK 0x7FF
#define SPLITNUM(N) (((uint32)(N)) >> SPLITSHIFT)
#define OPAGENUM(N) ((N) & SPLITMASK)
#define OADDR_OF(S,O) ((uint32)((uint32)(S) << SPLITSHIFT) + (O))
#define BUCKET_TO_PAGE(B) \
(B) + hashp->HDRPAGES + ((B) ? hashp->SPARES[__log2((uint32)((B)+1))-1] : 0)
#define OADDR_TO_PAGE(B) \
BUCKET_TO_PAGE ( (1 << SPLITNUM((B))) -1 ) + OPAGENUM((B));
/*
* page.h contains a detailed description of the page format.
*
* Normally, keys and data are accessed from offset tables in the top of
* each page which point to the beginning of the key and data. There are
* four flag values which may be stored in these offset tables which indicate
* the following:
*
*
* OVFLPAGE Rather than a key data pair, this pair contains
* the address of an overflow page. The format of
* the pair is:
* OVERFLOW_PAGE_NUMBER OVFLPAGE
*
* PARTIAL_KEY This must be the first key/data pair on a page
* and implies that page contains only a partial key.
* That is, the key is too big to fit on a single page
* so it starts on this page and continues on the next.
* The format of the page is:
* KEY_OFF PARTIAL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFLPAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* PARTIAL_KEY -- 1
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* FULL_KEY This must be the first key/data pair on the page. It
* is used in two cases.
*
* Case 1:
* There is a complete key on the page but no data
* (because it wouldn't fit). The next page contains
* the data.
*
* Page format it:
* KEY_OFF FULL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFL_PAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* FULL_KEY -- 2
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* Case 2:
* This page contains no key, but part of a large
* data field, which is continued on the next page.
*
* Page format it:
* DATA_OFF FULL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFL_PAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data on
* this page
* FULL_KEY -- 2
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* FULL_KEY_DATA
* This must be the first key/data pair on the page.
* There are two cases:
*
* Case 1:
* This page contains a key and the beginning of the
* data field, but the data field is continued on the
* next page.
*
* Page format is:
* KEY_OFF FULL_KEY_DATA OVFL_PAGENO DATA_OFF
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* FULL_KEY_DATA -- 3
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* DATA_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data
*
* Case 2:
* This page contains the last page of a big data pair.
* There is no key, only the tail end of the data
* on this page.
*
* Page format is:
* DATA_OFF FULL_KEY_DATA <OVFL_PAGENO> <OVFLPAGE>
*
* DATA_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data on
* this page
* FULL_KEY_DATA -- 3
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* OVFL_PAGENO and OVFLPAGE are optional (they are
* not present if there is no next page).
*/
#define OVFLPAGE 0
#define PARTIAL_KEY 1
#define FULL_KEY 2
#define FULL_KEY_DATA 3
#define REAL_KEY 4
/* Short hands for accessing structure */
#undef BSIZE
#define BSIZE hdr.bsize
#undef BSHIFT
#define BSHIFT hdr.bshift
#define DSIZE hdr.dsize
#define SGSIZE hdr.ssize
#define SSHIFT hdr.sshift
#define LORDER hdr.lorder
#define OVFL_POINT hdr.ovfl_point
#define LAST_FREED hdr.last_freed
#define MAX_BUCKET hdr.max_bucket
#define FFACTOR hdr.ffactor
#define HIGH_MASK hdr.high_mask
#define LOW_MASK hdr.low_mask
#define NKEYS hdr.nkeys
#define HDRPAGES hdr.hdrpages
#define SPARES hdr.spares
#define BITMAPS hdr.bitmaps
#define VERSION hdr.version
#define MAGIC hdr.magic
#define NEXT_FREE hdr.next_free
#define H_CHARKEY hdr.h_charkey
extern uint32 (*__default_hash) (const void *, size_t);
void __buf_init(HTAB *hashp, int32 nbytes);
int __big_delete(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp);
BUFHEAD * __get_buf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp, int newpage);
uint32 __call_hash(HTAB *hashp, char *k, size_t len);
#include "page.h"
extern int __big_split(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *op,BUFHEAD *np,
BUFHEAD *big_keyp,uint32 addr,uint32 obucket, SPLIT_RETURN *ret);
void __free_ovflpage(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *obufp);
BUFHEAD * __add_ovflpage(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp);
int __big_insert(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT *val);
int __expand_table(HTAB *hashp);
uint32 __log2(uint32 num);
void __reclaim_buf(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bp);
int __get_page(HTAB *hashp, char * p, uint32 bucket, int is_bucket, int is_disk, int is_bitmap);
int __put_page(HTAB *hashp, char *p, uint32 bucket, int is_bucket, int is_bitmap);
int __ibitmap(HTAB *hashp, int pnum, int nbits, int ndx);
int __buf_free(HTAB *hashp, int do_free, int to_disk);
int __find_bigpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, char *key, int size);
uint16 __find_last_page(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD **bpp);
int __addel(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT * val);
int __big_return(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, DBT *val, int set_current);
int __delpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx);
int __big_keydata(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, DBT *key, DBT *val, int set);
int __split_page(HTAB *hashp, uint32 obucket, uint32 nbucket);

View File

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)search.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
*/
/* Backward compatibility to hsearch interface. */
typedef struct entry {
char *key;
char *data;
} ENTRY;
typedef enum {
FIND, ENTER
} ACTION;
int hcreate (unsigned int);
void hdestroy (void);
ENTRY *hsearch (ENTRY, ACTION);

View File

@@ -1,463 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: NPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the NPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the NPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)db.h 8.7 (Berkeley) 6/16/94
*/
#ifndef _DB_H_
#define _DB_H_
#ifdef WINCE
#define off_t long
#endif
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "prtypes.h"
#include <limits.h>
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H
#include <sys/byteorder.h>
#endif
#if defined(__linux) || defined(__BEOS__)
#include <endian.h>
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#define BYTE_ORDER __BYTE_ORDER
#define BIG_ENDIAN __BIG_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __linux */
#ifdef __sgi
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#endif
#ifdef __sun
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#ifndef __SVR4
/* compat.h is only in 4.1.3 machines. - dp */
#include <compat.h>
#endif
/* XXX - dp
* Need to find a general way of defining endian-ness in SunOS 5.3
* SunOS 5.4 defines _BIG_ENDIAN and _LITTLE_ENDIAN
* SunOS 5.3 does nothing like this.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#if defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#elif defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#elif !defined(__SVR4)
/* 4.1.3 is always BIG_ENDIAN as it was released only on sparc platforms. */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#elif !defined(vax) && !defined(ntohl) && !defined(lint) && !defined(i386)
/* 5.3 big endian. Copied this above line from sys/byteorder.h */
/* Now we are in a 5.3 SunOS rather non 5.4 or above SunOS */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* !BYTE_ORDER */
#endif /* __sun */
#if defined(__hpux) || defined(__hppa)
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#endif
#if defined(AIXV3) || defined(AIX)
/* BYTE_ORDER, LITTLE_ENDIAN, BIG_ENDIAN are all defined here */
#include <sys/machine.h>
#endif
/* Digital Unix */
#ifdef __osf__
#include <machine/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef __alpha
#ifndef WIN32
#else
/* Alpha NT */
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#endif
#ifdef NCR
#include <sys/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef __QNX__
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
#include <sys/param.h>
#else
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif
#ifdef SNI
/* #include <sys/hetero.h> */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
#undef BYTE_ORDER
#endif
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE */
#ifdef SCO
#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
#include <stdio.h>
#include <io.h>
#ifndef XP_OS2
#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
#endif
#ifdef XP_OS2_VACPP
#include <os2.h>
#define MAXPATHLEN CCHMAXPATH
#define EPERM EINVAL
#define ENOTDIR EBADPOS
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & S_IFDIR)
#endif
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
#define STDIN_FILENO 0 /* ANSI C #defines */
#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#ifndef O_ACCMODE /* POSIX 1003.1 access mode mask. */
#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)
#endif
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#include <stdio.h>
#include "xp_mcom.h"
#define O_ACCMODE 3 /* Mask for file access modes */
#define EFTYPE 2000
PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
int mkstemp(const char *path);
PR_END_EXTERN_C
#endif /* MACINTOSH */
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh)
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#endif
/* define EFTYPE since most don't */
#ifndef EFTYPE
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#endif
#define RET_ERROR -1 /* Return values. */
#define RET_SUCCESS 0
#define RET_SPECIAL 1
#define MAX_PAGE_NUMBER 0xffffffff /* >= # of pages in a file */
#ifndef __sgi
typedef uint32 pgno_t;
#endif
#define MAX_PAGE_OFFSET 65535 /* >= # of bytes in a page */
typedef uint16 indx_t;
#define MAX_REC_NUMBER 0xffffffff /* >= # of records in a tree */
typedef uint32 recno_t;
/* Key/data structure -- a Data-Base Thang. */
typedef struct {
void *data; /* data */
size_t size; /* data length */
} DBT;
/* Routine flags. */
#define R_CURSOR 1 /* del, put, seq */
#define __R_UNUSED 2 /* UNUSED */
#define R_FIRST 3 /* seq */
#define R_IAFTER 4 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_IBEFORE 5 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_LAST 6 /* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
#define R_NEXT 7 /* seq */
#define R_NOOVERWRITE 8 /* put */
#define R_PREV 9 /* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
#define R_SETCURSOR 10 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_RECNOSYNC 11 /* sync (RECNO) */
typedef enum { DB_BTREE, DB_HASH, DB_RECNO } DBTYPE;
typedef enum { LockOutDatabase, UnlockDatabase } DBLockFlagEnum;
/*
* !!!
* The following flags are included in the dbopen(3) call as part of the
* open(2) flags. In order to avoid conflicts with the open flags, start
* at the top of the 16 or 32-bit number space and work our way down. If
* the open flags were significantly expanded in the future, it could be
* a problem. Wish I'd left another flags word in the dbopen call.
*
* !!!
* None of this stuff is implemented yet. The only reason that it's here
* is so that the access methods can skip copying the key/data pair when
* the DB_LOCK flag isn't set.
*/
#if UINT_MAX > 65535
#define DB_LOCK 0x20000000 /* Do locking. */
#define DB_SHMEM 0x40000000 /* Use shared memory. */
#define DB_TXN 0x80000000 /* Do transactions. */
#else
#define DB_LOCK 0x2000 /* Do locking. */
#define DB_SHMEM 0x4000 /* Use shared memory. */
#define DB_TXN 0x8000 /* Do transactions. */
#endif
/* Access method description structure. */
typedef struct __db {
DBTYPE type; /* Underlying db type. */
int (*close) (struct __db *);
int (*del) (const struct __db *, const DBT *, uint);
int (*get) (const struct __db *, const DBT *, DBT *, uint);
int (*put) (const struct __db *, DBT *, const DBT *, uint);
int (*seq) (const struct __db *, DBT *, DBT *, uint);
int (*sync) (const struct __db *, uint);
void *internal; /* Access method private. */
int (*fd) (const struct __db *);
} DB;
#define BTREEMAGIC 0x053162
#define BTREEVERSION 3
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the btree routines. */
typedef struct {
#define R_DUP 0x01 /* duplicate keys */
uint32 flags;
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
int maxkeypage; /* maximum keys per page */
int minkeypage; /* minimum keys per page */
uint psize; /* page size */
int (*compare) /* comparison function */
(const DBT *, const DBT *);
size_t (*prefix) /* prefix function */
(const DBT *, const DBT *);
int lorder; /* byte order */
} BTREEINFO;
#define HASHMAGIC 0x061561
#define HASHVERSION 2
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the hashing routines. */
typedef struct {
uint bsize; /* bucket size */
uint ffactor; /* fill factor */
uint nelem; /* number of elements */
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
uint32 /* hash function */
(*hash) (const void *, size_t);
int lorder; /* byte order */
} HASHINFO;
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the record routines. */
typedef struct {
#define R_FIXEDLEN 0x01 /* fixed-length records */
#define R_NOKEY 0x02 /* key not required */
#define R_SNAPSHOT 0x04 /* snapshot the input */
uint32 flags;
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
uint psize; /* page size */
int lorder; /* byte order */
size_t reclen; /* record length (fixed-length records) */
uint8 bval; /* delimiting byte (variable-length records */
char *bfname; /* btree file name */
} RECNOINFO;
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
/*
* Little endian <==> big endian 32-bit swap macros.
* M_32_SWAP swap a memory location
* P_32_SWAP swap a referenced memory location
* P_32_COPY swap from one location to another
*/
#define M_32_SWAP(a) { \
uint32 _tmp = a; \
((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3]; \
((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2]; \
((char *)&a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)&a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_32_SWAP(a) { \
uint32 _tmp = *(uint32 *)a; \
((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3]; \
((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2]; \
((char *)a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_32_COPY(a, b) { \
((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[3]; \
((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[2]; \
((char *)&(b))[2] = ((char *)&(a))[1]; \
((char *)&(b))[3] = ((char *)&(a))[0]; \
}
/*
* Little endian <==> big endian 16-bit swap macros.
* M_16_SWAP swap a memory location
* P_16_SWAP swap a referenced memory location
* P_16_COPY swap from one location to another
*/
#define M_16_SWAP(a) { \
uint16 _tmp = a; \
((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_16_SWAP(a) { \
uint16 _tmp = *(uint16 *)a; \
((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_16_COPY(a, b) { \
((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[1]; \
((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[0]; \
}
#endif
PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
extern DB *
#else
PR_EXTERN(DB *)
#endif
dbopen (const char *, int, int, DBTYPE, const void *);
/* set or unset a global lock flag to disable the
* opening of any DBM file
*/
void dbSetOrClearDBLock(DBLockFlagEnum type);
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
DB *__bt_open (const char *, int, int, const BTREEINFO *, int);
DB *__hash_open (const char *, int, int, const HASHINFO *, int);
DB *__rec_open (const char *, int, int, const RECNOINFO *, int);
void __dbpanic (DB *dbp);
#endif
PR_END_EXTERN_C
#endif /* !_DB_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)mpool.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 7/14/94
*/
#include <sys/queue.h>
/*
* The memory pool scheme is a simple one. Each in-memory page is referenced
* by a bucket which is threaded in up to two of three ways. All active pages
* are threaded on a hash chain (hashed by page number) and an lru chain.
* Inactive pages are threaded on a free chain. Each reference to a memory
* pool is handed an opaque MPOOL cookie which stores all of this information.
*/
#define HASHSIZE 128
#define HASHKEY(pgno) ((pgno - 1) % HASHSIZE)
/* The BKT structures are the elements of the queues. */
typedef struct _bkt {
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(_bkt) hq; /* hash queue */
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(_bkt) q; /* lru queue */
void *page; /* page */
pgno_t pgno; /* page number */
#define MPOOL_DIRTY 0x01 /* page needs to be written */
#define MPOOL_PINNED 0x02 /* page is pinned into memory */
uint8 flags; /* flags */
} BKT;
typedef struct MPOOL {
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(_lqh, _bkt) lqh; /* lru queue head */
/* hash queue array */
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(_hqh, _bkt) hqh[HASHSIZE];
pgno_t curcache; /* current number of cached pages */
pgno_t maxcache; /* max number of cached pages */
pgno_t npages; /* number of pages in the file */
uint32 pagesize; /* file page size */
int fd; /* file descriptor */
/* page in conversion routine */
void (*pgin) (void *, pgno_t, void *);
/* page out conversion routine */
void (*pgout) (void *, pgno_t, void *);
void *pgcookie; /* cookie for page in/out routines */
#ifdef STATISTICS
uint32 cachehit;
uint32 cachemiss;
uint32 pagealloc;
uint32 pageflush;
uint32 pageget;
uint32 pagenew;
uint32 pageput;
uint32 pageread;
uint32 pagewrite;
#endif
} MPOOL;
__BEGIN_DECLS
MPOOL *mpool_open (void *, int, pgno_t, pgno_t);
void mpool_filter (MPOOL *, void (*)(void *, pgno_t, void *),
void (*)(void *, pgno_t, void *), void *);
void *mpool_new (MPOOL *, pgno_t *);
void *mpool_get (MPOOL *, pgno_t, uint);
int mpool_put (MPOOL *, void *, uint);
int mpool_sync (MPOOL *);
int mpool_close (MPOOL *);
#ifdef STATISTICS
void mpool_stat (MPOOL *);
#endif
__END_DECLS

View File

@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)compat.h 8.13 (Berkeley) 2/21/94
*/
#ifndef _COMPAT_H_
#define _COMPAT_H_
#include <sys/types.h>
/*
* If your system doesn't typedef u_long, u_short, or u_char, change
* the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if 0
typedef unsigned char u_char; /* 4.[34]BSD names. */
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned long u_long;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
#endif
/* If your system doesn't typedef size_t, change the 0 to a 1. */
#if 0
typedef unsigned int size_t; /* POSIX, 4.[34]BSD names. */
#endif
/* If your system doesn't typedef ssize_t, change the 0 to a 1. */
#if 0
typedef int ssize_t; /* POSIX names. */
#endif
/*
* If your system doesn't have the POSIX type for a signal mask,
* change the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if 0 /* POSIX 1003.1 signal mask type. */
typedef unsigned int sigset_t;
#endif
/*
* If your system's vsprintf returns a char *, not an int,
* change the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if defined (__sun) && !defined(__SVR4) /* SUNOS */
#define VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
#endif
/*
* If you don't have POSIX 1003.1 signals, the signal code surrounding the
* temporary file creation is intended to block all of the possible signals
* long enough to create the file and unlink it. All of this stuff is
* intended to use old-style BSD calls to fake POSIX 1003.1 calls.
*/
#ifdef NO_POSIX_SIGNALS
#define sigemptyset(set) (*(set) = 0)
#define sigfillset(set) (*(set) = ~(sigset_t)0, 0)
#define sigaddset(set,signo) (*(set) |= sigmask(signo), 0)
#define sigdelset(set,signo) (*(set) &= ~sigmask(signo), 0)
#define sigismember(set,signo) ((*(set) & sigmask(signo)) != 0)
#define SIG_BLOCK 1
#define SIG_UNBLOCK 2
#define SIG_SETMASK 3
static int __sigtemp; /* For the use of sigprocmask */
/* Repeated test of oset != NULL is to avoid "*0". */
#define sigprocmask(how, set, oset) \
((__sigtemp = \
(((how) == SIG_BLOCK) ? \
sigblock(0) | *(set) : \
(((how) == SIG_UNBLOCK) ? \
sigblock(0) & ~(*(set)) : \
((how) == SIG_SETMASK ? \
*(set) : sigblock(0))))), \
((oset) ? (*(oset ? oset : set) = sigsetmask(__sigtemp)) : \
sigsetmask(__sigtemp)), 0)
#endif
/*
* If your system doesn't have an include file with the appropriate
* byte order set, make sure you specify the correct one.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax */
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321 /* MSB first: 68000, ibm, net */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN /* Set for your system. */
#endif
#if defined(SYSV) || defined(SYSTEM5) || defined(__sun)
#define index(a, b) strchr(a, b)
#define rindex(a, b) strrchr(a, b)
#define bzero(a, b) memset(a, 0, b)
#define bcmp(a, b, n) memcmp(a, b, n)
#define bcopy(a, b, n) memmove(b, a, n)
#endif
#if defined(BSD) || defined(BSD4_3)
#define strchr(a, b) index(a, b)
#define strrchr(a, b) rindex(a, b)
#define memcmp(a, b, n) bcmp(a, b, n)
#define memmove(a, b, n) bcopy(b, a, n)
#endif
/*
* 32-bit machine. The db routines are theoretically independent of
* the size of u_shorts and u_longs, but I don't know that anyone has
* ever actually tried it. At a minimum, change the following #define's
* if you are trying to compile on a different type of system.
*/
#ifndef USHRT_MAX
#define USHRT_MAX 0xFFFF
#define ULONG_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
#ifndef O_ACCMODE /* POSIX 1003.1 access mode mask. */
#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX /* POSIX 1003.2 RE limit. */
#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255
#endif
/*
* If you can't provide lock values in the open(2) call. Note, this
* allows races to happen.
*/
#ifndef O_EXLOCK /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define O_EXLOCK 0
#endif
#ifndef O_SHLOCK /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define O_SHLOCK 0
#endif
#ifndef EFTYPE
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#endif
#ifndef WCOREDUMP /* 4.4BSD extension */
#define WCOREDUMP(a) 0
#endif
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
#define STDIN_FILENO 0 /* ANSI C #defines */
#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_END
#define SEEK_SET 0 /* POSIX 1003.1 seek values */
#define SEEK_CUR 1
#define SEEK_END 2
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_VDISABLE /* POSIX 1003.1 disabling char. */
#define _POSIX_VDISABLE 0 /* Some systems used 0. */
#endif
#ifndef TCSASOFT /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define TCSASOFT 0
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX /* POSIX 1003.2 values. */
#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255
#endif
#ifndef NULL /* ANSI C #defines NULL everywhere. */
#define NULL 0
#endif
#ifndef MAX /* Usually found in <sys/param.h>. */
#define MAX(_a,_b) ((_a)<(_b)?(_b):(_a))
#endif
#ifndef MIN /* Usually found in <sys/param.h>. */
#define MIN(_a,_b) ((_a)<(_b)?(_a):(_b))
#endif
/* Default file permissions. */
#ifndef DEFFILEMODE /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define DEFFILEMODE (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH)
#endif
#ifndef __sun
#ifndef S_ISDIR /* POSIX 1003.1 file type tests. */
#define S_ISDIR(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0040000) /* directory */
#define S_ISCHR(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0020000) /* char special */
#define S_ISBLK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0060000) /* block special */
#define S_ISREG(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0100000) /* regular file */
#define S_ISFIFO(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0010000) /* fifo */
#endif
#ifndef S_ISLNK /* BSD POSIX 1003.1 extensions */
#define S_ISLNK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0120000) /* symbolic link */
#define S_ISSOCK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0140000) /* socket */
#endif
#endif /* __sun */
/* The type of a va_list. */
#ifndef _BSD_VA_LIST_ /* 4.4BSD #define. */
#define _BSD_VA_LIST_ char *
#endif
#endif /* !_COMPAT_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)ndbm.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
*/
#ifndef _NDBM_H_
#define _NDBM_H_
#include "mcom_db.h"
/* Map dbm interface onto db(3). */
#define DBM_RDONLY O_RDONLY
/* Flags to dbm_store(). */
#define DBM_INSERT 0
#define DBM_REPLACE 1
/*
* The db(3) support for ndbm(3) always appends this suffix to the
* file name to avoid overwriting the user's original database.
*/
#define DBM_SUFFIX ".db"
typedef struct {
char *dptr;
int dsize;
} datum;
typedef DB DBM;
#define dbm_pagfno(a) DBM_PAGFNO_NOT_AVAILABLE
__BEGIN_DECLS
void dbm_close (DBM *);
int dbm_delete (DBM *, datum);
datum dbm_fetch (DBM *, datum);
datum dbm_firstkey (DBM *);
long dbm_forder (DBM *, datum);
datum dbm_nextkey (DBM *);
DBM *dbm_open (const char *, int, int);
int dbm_store (DBM *, datum, datum, int);
int dbm_dirfno (DBM *);
__END_DECLS
#endif /* !_NDBM_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
#ifndef NSRES_H
#define NSRES_H
#include "mcom_db.h"
__BEGIN_DECLS
/* C version */
#define NSRESHANDLE void *
typedef void (*NSRESTHREADFUNC)(void *);
typedef struct NSRESTHREADINFO
{
void *lock;
NSRESTHREADFUNC fn_lock;
NSRESTHREADFUNC fn_unlock;
} NSRESTHREADINFO;
#define MAXBUFNUM 10
#define MAXSTRINGLEN 300
#define NSRES_CREATE 1
#define NSRES_OPEN 2
NSRESHANDLE NSResCreateTable(const char *filename, NSRESTHREADINFO *threadinfo);
NSRESHANDLE NSResOpenTable(const char *filename, NSRESTHREADINFO *threadinfo);
void NSResCloseTable(NSRESHANDLE handle);
char *NSResLoadString(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char * library, int32 id,
unsigned int charsetid, char *retbuf);
int32 NSResGetSize(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id);
int32 NSResLoadResource(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id, char *retbuf);
int NSResAddString(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id, const char *string, unsigned int charset);
__END_DECLS
#endif

View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)page.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/31/94
*/
/*
* Definitions for hashing page file format.
*/
/*
* routines dealing with a data page
*
* page format:
* +------------------------------+
* p | n | keyoff | datoff | keyoff |
* +------------+--------+--------+
* | datoff | free | ptr | --> |
* +--------+---------------------+
* | F R E E A R E A |
* +--------------+---------------+
* | <---- - - - | data |
* +--------+-----+----+----------+
* | key | data | key |
* +--------+----------+----------+
*
* Pointer to the free space is always: p[p[0] + 2]
* Amount of free space on the page is: p[p[0] + 1]
*/
/*
* How many bytes required for this pair?
* 2 shorts in the table at the top of the page + room for the
* key and room for the data
*
* We prohibit entering a pair on a page unless there is also room to append
* an overflow page. The reason for this it that you can get in a situation
* where a single key/data pair fits on a page, but you can't append an
* overflow page and later you'd have to split the key/data and handle like
* a big pair.
* You might as well do this up front.
*/
#ifndef PAGE_H
#define PAGE_H
#define PAIRSIZE(K,D) (2*sizeof(uint16) + (K)->size + (D)->size)
#define BIGOVERHEAD (4*sizeof(uint16))
#define KEYSIZE(K) (4*sizeof(uint16) + (K)->size);
#define OVFLSIZE (2*sizeof(uint16))
#define FREESPACE(P) ((P)[(P)[0]+1])
#define OFFSET(P) ((P)[(P)[0]+2])
#define PAIRFITS(P,K,D) \
(((P)[2] >= REAL_KEY) && \
(PAIRSIZE((K),(D)) + OVFLSIZE) <= FREESPACE((P)))
#define PAGE_META(N) (((N)+3) * sizeof(uint16))
typedef struct {
BUFHEAD *newp;
BUFHEAD *oldp;
BUFHEAD *nextp;
uint16 next_addr;
} SPLIT_RETURN;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)queue.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 12/13/93
*/
#ifndef _QUEUE_H_
#define _QUEUE_H_
/*
* This file defines three types of data structures: lists, tail queues,
* and circular queues.
*
* A list is headed by a single forward pointer (or an array of forward
* pointers for a hash table header). The elements are doubly linked
* so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list after
* an existing element or at the head of the list. A list may only be
* traversed in the forward direction.
*
* A tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
* list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
* linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list after
* an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the
* list. A tail queue may only be traversed in the forward direction.
*
* A circle queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
* list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
* linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or after
* an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the list.
* A circle queue may be traversed in either direction, but has a more
* complex end of list detection.
*
* For details on the use of these macros, see the queue(3) manual page.
*/
/*
* List definitions.
*/
#define LIST_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *lh_first; /* first element */ \
}
#define LIST_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *le_next; /* next element */ \
struct type **le_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \
}
/*
* List functions.
*/
#define LIST_INIT(head) { \
(head)->lh_first = NULL; \
}
#define LIST_INSERT_AFTER(listelm, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.le_next = (listelm)->field.le_next) != NULL) \
(listelm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev = \
&(elm)->field.le_next; \
(listelm)->field.le_next = (elm); \
(elm)->field.le_prev = &(listelm)->field.le_next; \
}
#define LIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.le_next = (head)->lh_first) != NULL) \
(head)->lh_first->field.le_prev = &(elm)->field.le_next;\
(head)->lh_first = (elm); \
(elm)->field.le_prev = &(head)->lh_first; \
}
#define LIST_REMOVE(elm, field) { \
if ((elm)->field.le_next != NULL) \
(elm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev = \
(elm)->field.le_prev; \
*(elm)->field.le_prev = (elm)->field.le_next; \
}
/*
* Tail queue definitions.
*/
#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *tqh_first; /* first element */ \
struct type **tqh_last; /* addr of last next element */ \
}
#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *tqe_next; /* next element */ \
struct type **tqe_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \
}
/*
* Tail queue functions.
*/
#define TAILQ_INIT(head) { \
(head)->tqh_first = NULL; \
(head)->tqh_last = &(head)->tqh_first; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (head)->tqh_first) != NULL) \
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
&(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
(head)->tqh_first = (elm); \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(head)->tqh_first; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.tqe_next = NULL; \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (head)->tqh_last; \
*(head)->tqh_last = (elm); \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (listelm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL)\
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
&(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
(listelm)->field.tqe_next = (elm); \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(listelm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
#define TAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL) \
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \
*(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
/*
* Circular queue definitions.
*/
#define CIRCLEQ_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *cqh_first; /* first element */ \
struct type *cqh_last; /* last element */ \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *cqe_next; /* next element */ \
struct type *cqe_prev; /* previous element */ \
}
/*
* Circular queue functions.
*/
#define CIRCLEQ_INIT(head) { \
(head)->cqh_first = (void *)(head); \
(head)->cqh_last = (void *)(head); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm)->field.cqe_next; \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm); \
if ((listelm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
else \
(listelm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
(listelm)->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm); \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm)->field.cqe_prev; \
if ((listelm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
else \
(listelm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
(listelm)->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (head)->cqh_first; \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (void *)(head); \
if ((head)->cqh_last == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
else \
(head)->cqh_first->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (void *)(head); \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (head)->cqh_last; \
if ((head)->cqh_first == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
else \
(head)->cqh_last->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) { \
if ((elm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm)->field.cqe_prev; \
else \
(elm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev = \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev; \
if ((elm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm)->field.cqe_next; \
else \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next = \
(elm)->field.cqe_next; \
}
#endif /* !_QUEUE_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)search.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
*/
/* Backward compatibility to hsearch interface. */
typedef struct entry {
char *key;
char *data;
} ENTRY;
typedef enum {
FIND, ENTER
} ACTION;
int hcreate (unsigned int);
void hdestroy (void);
ENTRY *hsearch (ENTRY, ACTION);

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
#ifndef __WATCOM_FIX_H__
#define __WATCOM_FIX_H__ 1
/*
* WATCOM's C compiler doesn't default to "__cdecl" conventions for external
* symbols and functions. Rather than adding an explicit __cdecl modifier to
* every external symbol and function declaration and definition, we use the
* following pragma to (attempt to) change WATCOM c's default to __cdecl.
* These pragmas were taken from pages 180-181, 266 & 269 of the
* Watcom C/C++ version 11 User's Guide, 3rd edition.
*/
#if defined(XP_WIN16) || defined(WIN16)
#pragma aux default "_*" \
parm caller [] \
value struct float struct routine [ax] \
modify [ax bx cx dx es]
#else
#pragma aux default "_*" \
parm caller [] \
value struct float struct routine [eax] \
modify [eax ecx edx]
#endif
#pragma aux default far
#endif /* once */
#endif /* WATCOM compiler */

View File

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stuff to fake unix file I/O on windows boxes
------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef WINFILE_H
#define WINFILE_H
#ifdef _WINDOWS
/* hacked out of <dirent.h> on an SGI */
#if defined(XP_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
/* 32-bit stuff here */
#include <windows.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __MINGW32__
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#else
#include <sys\types.h>
#include <sys\stat.h>
#endif
typedef struct DIR_Struct {
void * directoryPtr;
WIN32_FIND_DATA data;
} DIR;
#define _ST_FSTYPSZ 16
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
typedef unsigned long mode_t;
typedef long uid_t;
typedef long gid_t;
#ifdef WINCE
typedef long ino_t;
#else
typedef long off_t;
#endif
typedef unsigned long nlink_t;
#endif
typedef struct timestruc {
time_t tv_sec; /* seconds */
long tv_nsec; /* and nanoseconds */
} timestruc_t;
struct dirent { /* data from readdir() */
ino_t d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
off_t d_off; /* offset of disk direntory entry */
unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
char d_name[_MAX_FNAME]; /* name of file */
};
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined (__GNUC__)
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & _S_IFDIR)
#endif
#else /* _WIN32 */
/* 16-bit windows stuff */
#include <sys\types.h>
#include <sys\stat.h>
#include <dos.h>
/* Getting cocky to support multiple file systems */
typedef struct dirStruct_tag {
struct _find_t file_data;
char c_checkdrive;
} dirStruct;
typedef struct DIR_Struct {
void * directoryPtr;
dirStruct data;
} DIR;
#define _ST_FSTYPSZ 16
typedef unsigned long mode_t;
typedef long uid_t;
typedef long gid_t;
typedef long off_t;
typedef unsigned long nlink_t;
typedef struct timestruc {
time_t tv_sec; /* seconds */
long tv_nsec; /* and nanoseconds */
} timestruc_t;
struct dirent { /* data from readdir() */
ino_t d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
off_t d_off; /* offset of disk direntory entry */
unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
#ifdef XP_WIN32
char d_name[_MAX_FNAME]; /* name of file */
#else
char d_name[20]; /* name of file */
#endif
};
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & _S_IFDIR)
#endif /* 16-bit windows */
#define CONST const
#endif /* _WINDOWS */
#endif /* WINFILE_H */

View File

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
LIBRARY_NAME = mozdbm_s
LIB_IS_C_ONLY = 1
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
LIBRARY_NAME = dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
endif
CSRCS = \
db.c \
h_bigkey.c \
h_func.c \
h_log2.c \
h_page.c \
hash.c \
hash_buf.c \
hsearch.c \
mktemp.c \
ndbm.c \
strerror.c \
nsres.c \
$(NULL)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
CSRCS += memmove.c snprintf.c
else
ifeq (,$(filter -DHAVE_MEMMOVE=1,$(ACDEFINES)))
CSRCS += memmove.c
endif
ifeq (,$(filter -DHAVE_SNPRINTF=1,$(ACDEFINES)))
CSRCS += snprintf.c
endif
endif # WINNT
LOCAL_INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir)/../include
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
FORCE_USE_PIC = 1
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
DEFINES += -DMEMMOVE -D__DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE $(SECURITY_FLAG)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINCE)
DEFINES += -D__STDC__ -DDBM_REOPEN_ON_FLUSH
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),AIX)
OS_LIBS += -lc_r
endif

View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Makefile to build the cert library
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(MOZ_BITS)" == "16"
!ifndef MOZ_DEBUG
OPTIMIZER=-Os -UDEBUG -DNDEBUG
!endif
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Specify the depth of the current directory relative to the
#// root of NS
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH= ..\..
!ifndef MAKE_OBJ_TYPE
MAKE_OBJ_TYPE=EXE
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define any Public Make Variables here: (ie. PDFFILE, MAPFILE, ...)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBNAME=dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
PDBFILE=$(LIBNAME).pdb
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define the files necessary to build the target (ie. OBJS)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
OBJS= \
.\$(OBJDIR)\db.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_bigkey.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_func.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_log2.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_page.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hash.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hash_buf.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hsearch.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\memmove.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\mktemp.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\ndbm.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\snprintf.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\strerror.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsres.obj \
$(NULL)
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define any Public Targets here (ie. PROGRAM, LIBRARY, DLL, ...)
#// (these must be defined before the common makefiles are included)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBRARY = .\$(OBJDIR)\$(LIBNAME).lib
LINCS = -I..\include
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Include the common makefile rules
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMOZILLA_CLIENT -D__DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
install:: $(LIBRARY)
$(MAKE_INSTALL) $(LIBRARY) $(DIST)\lib

View File

@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)db.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifndef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#define __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#include <unix.h>
#else
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
/* a global flag that locks closed all databases */
int all_databases_locked_closed = 0;
/* set or unset a global lock flag to disable the
* opening of any DBM file
*/
void
dbSetOrClearDBLock(DBLockFlagEnum type)
{
if(type == LockOutDatabase)
all_databases_locked_closed = 1;
else
all_databases_locked_closed = 0;
}
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
DB *
#else
PR_IMPLEMENT(DB *)
#endif
dbopen(const char *fname, int flags,int mode, DBTYPE type, const void *openinfo)
{
/* lock out all file databases. Let in-memory databases through
*/
if(all_databases_locked_closed && fname)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return(NULL);
}
#define DB_FLAGS (DB_LOCK | DB_SHMEM | DB_TXN)
#if 0 /* most systems dont have EXLOCK and SHLOCK */
#define USE_OPEN_FLAGS \
(O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_EXLOCK | O_NONBLOCK | O_RDONLY | \
O_RDWR | O_SHLOCK | O_TRUNC)
#else
#define USE_OPEN_FLAGS \
(O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDONLY | \
O_RDWR | O_TRUNC)
#endif
if ((flags & ~(USE_OPEN_FLAGS | DB_FLAGS)) == 0)
switch (type) {
/* we don't need btree and recno right now */
#if 0
case DB_BTREE:
return (__bt_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
case DB_RECNO:
return (__rec_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
#endif
case DB_HASH:
return (__hash_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, (const HASHINFO *)openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
default:
break;
}
errno = EINVAL;
return (NULL);
}
static int
__dberr()
{
return (RET_ERROR);
}
/*
* __DBPANIC -- Stop.
*
* Parameters:
* dbp: pointer to the DB structure.
*/
void
__dbpanic(DB *dbp)
{
/* The only thing that can succeed is a close. */
dbp->del = (int (*)(const struct __db *, const DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->fd = (int (*)(const struct __db *))__dberr;
dbp->get = (int (*)(const struct __db *, const DBT *, DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->put = (int (*)(const struct __db *, DBT *, const DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->seq = (int (*)(const struct __db *, DBT *, DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->sync = (int (*)(const struct __db *, uint))__dberr;
}

View File

@@ -1,713 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_bigkey.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/31/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
/*
* PACKAGE: hash
* DESCRIPTION:
* Big key/data handling for the hashing package.
*
* ROUTINES:
* External
* __big_keydata
* __big_split
* __big_insert
* __big_return
* __big_delete
* __find_last_page
* Internal
* collect_key
* collect_data
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef DEBUG
#include <assert.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
static int collect_key __P((HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, DBT *, int));
static int collect_data __P((HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, int));
/*
* Big_insert
*
* You need to do an insert and the key/data pair is too big
*
* Returns:
* 0 ==> OK
*-1 ==> ERROR
*/
extern int
__big_insert(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT *val)
{
register uint16 *p;
uint key_size, n, val_size;
uint16 space, move_bytes, off;
char *cp, *key_data, *val_data;
cp = bufp->page; /* Character pointer of p. */
p = (uint16 *)cp;
key_data = (char *)key->data;
key_size = key->size;
val_data = (char *)val->data;
val_size = val->size;
/* First move the Key */
for (space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD; key_size;
space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(space, key_size);
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
memmove(cp + off, key_data, move_bytes);
key_size -= move_bytes;
key_data += move_bytes;
n = p[0];
p[++n] = off;
p[0] = ++n;
FREESPACE(p) = off - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(p) = off;
p[n] = PARTIAL_KEY;
bufp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, bufp);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
n = p[0];
if (!key_size) {
if (FREESPACE(p)) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(FREESPACE(p), val_size);
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
p[n] = off;
memmove(cp + off, val_data, move_bytes);
val_data += move_bytes;
val_size -= move_bytes;
p[n - 2] = FULL_KEY_DATA;
FREESPACE(p) = FREESPACE(p) - move_bytes;
OFFSET(p) = off;
} else
p[n - 2] = FULL_KEY;
}
p = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
cp = bufp->page;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
}
/* Now move the data */
for (space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD; val_size;
space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(space, val_size);
/*
* Here's the hack to make sure that if the data ends on the
* same page as the key ends, FREESPACE is at least one.
*/
if (space == val_size && val_size == val->size)
move_bytes--;
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
memmove(cp + off, val_data, move_bytes);
val_size -= move_bytes;
val_data += move_bytes;
n = p[0];
p[++n] = off;
p[0] = ++n;
FREESPACE(p) = off - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(p) = off;
if (val_size) {
p[n] = FULL_KEY;
bufp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, bufp);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
cp = bufp->page;
p = (uint16 *)cp;
} else
p[n] = FULL_KEY_DATA;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
}
return (0);
}
/*
* Called when bufp's page contains a partial key (index should be 1)
*
* All pages in the big key/data pair except bufp are freed. We cannot
* free bufp because the page pointing to it is lost and we can't get rid
* of its pointer.
*
* Returns:
* 0 => OK
*-1 => ERROR
*/
extern int
__big_delete(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp)
{
register BUFHEAD *last_bfp, *rbufp;
uint16 *bp, pageno;
int key_done, n;
rbufp = bufp;
last_bfp = NULL;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
pageno = 0;
key_done = 0;
while (!key_done || (bp[2] != FULL_KEY_DATA)) {
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY || bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA)
key_done = 1;
/*
* If there is freespace left on a FULL_KEY_DATA page, then
* the data is short and fits entirely on this page, and this
* is the last page.
*/
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA && FREESPACE(bp))
break;
pageno = bp[bp[0] - 1];
rbufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
rbufp = __get_buf(hashp, pageno, rbufp, 0);
if (last_bfp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, last_bfp);
last_bfp = rbufp;
if (!rbufp)
return (-1); /* Error. */
bp = (uint16 *)rbufp->page;
}
/*
* If we get here then rbufp points to the last page of the big
* key/data pair. Bufp points to the first one -- it should now be
* empty pointing to the next page after this pair. Can't free it
* because we don't have the page pointing to it.
*/
/* This is information from the last page of the pair. */
n = bp[0];
pageno = bp[n - 1];
/* Now, bp is the first page of the pair. */
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
if (n > 2) {
/* There is an overflow page. */
bp[1] = pageno;
bp[2] = OVFLPAGE;
bufp->ovfl = rbufp->ovfl;
} else
/* This is the last page. */
bufp->ovfl = NULL;
n -= 2;
bp[0] = n;
FREESPACE(bp) = hashp->BSIZE - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(bp) = hashp->BSIZE - 1;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
if (rbufp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, rbufp);
if (last_bfp != rbufp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, last_bfp);
hashp->NKEYS--;
return (0);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 = key not found
* -1 = get next overflow page
* -2 means key not found and this is big key/data
* -3 error
*/
extern int
__find_bigpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, char *key, int size)
{
register uint16 *bp;
register char *p;
int ksize;
uint16 bytes;
char *kkey;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
p = bufp->page;
ksize = size;
kkey = key;
for (bytes = hashp->BSIZE - bp[ndx];
bytes <= size && bp[ndx + 1] == PARTIAL_KEY;
bytes = hashp->BSIZE - bp[ndx]) {
if (memcmp(p + bp[ndx], kkey, bytes))
return (-2);
kkey += bytes;
ksize -= bytes;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[ndx + 2], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-3);
p = bufp->page;
bp = (uint16 *)p;
ndx = 1;
}
if (bytes != ksize || memcmp(p + bp[ndx], kkey, bytes)) {
#ifdef HASH_STATISTICS
++hash_collisions;
#endif
return (-2);
} else
return (ndx);
}
/*
* Given the buffer pointer of the first overflow page of a big pair,
* find the end of the big pair
*
* This will set bpp to the buffer header of the last page of the big pair.
* It will return the pageno of the overflow page following the last page
* of the pair; 0 if there isn't any (i.e. big pair is the last key in the
* bucket)
*/
extern uint16
__find_last_page(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD **bpp)
{
BUFHEAD *bufp;
uint16 *bp, pageno;
uint n;
bufp = *bpp;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
for (;;) {
n = bp[0];
/*
* This is the last page if: the tag is FULL_KEY_DATA and
* either only 2 entries OVFLPAGE marker is explicit there
* is freespace on the page.
*/
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA &&
((n == 2) || (bp[n] == OVFLPAGE) || (FREESPACE(bp))))
break;
/* LJM bound the size of n to reasonable limits
*/
if(n > hashp->BSIZE/sizeof(uint16))
return(0);
pageno = bp[n - 1];
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, pageno, bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (0); /* Need to indicate an error! */
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
}
*bpp = bufp;
if (bp[0] > 2)
return (bp[3]);
else
return (0);
}
/*
* Return the data for the key/data pair that begins on this page at this
* index (index should always be 1).
*/
extern int
__big_return(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int ndx,
DBT *val,
int set_current)
{
BUFHEAD *save_p;
uint16 *bp, len, off, save_addr;
char *tp;
int save_flags;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
while (bp[ndx + 1] == PARTIAL_KEY) {
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
ndx = 1;
}
if (bp[ndx + 1] == FULL_KEY) {
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
save_p = bufp;
save_addr = save_p->addr;
off = bp[1];
len = 0;
} else
if (!FREESPACE(bp)) {
/*
* This is a hack. We can't distinguish between
* FULL_KEY_DATA that contains complete data or
* incomplete data, so we require that if the data
* is complete, there is at least 1 byte of free
* space left.
*/
off = bp[bp[0]];
len = bp[1] - off;
save_p = bufp;
save_addr = bufp->addr;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
} else {
/* The data is all on one page. */
tp = (char *)bp;
off = bp[bp[0]];
val->data = (uint8 *)tp + off;
val->size = bp[1] - off;
if (set_current) {
if (bp[0] == 2) { /* No more buckets in
* chain */
hashp->cpage = NULL;
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cndx = 1;
} else {
hashp->cpage = __get_buf(hashp,
bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!hashp->cpage)
return (-1);
hashp->cndx = 1;
if (!((uint16 *)
hashp->cpage->page)[0]) {
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cpage = NULL;
}
}
}
return (0);
}
/* pin our saved buf so that we don't lose if
* we run out of buffers */
save_flags = save_p->flags;
save_p->flags |= BUF_PIN;
val->size = collect_data(hashp, bufp, (int)len, set_current);
save_p->flags = save_flags;
if (val->size == (size_t)-1)
return (-1);
if (save_p->addr != save_addr) {
/* We are pretty short on buffers. */
errno = EINVAL; /* OUT OF BUFFERS */
return (-1);
}
memmove(hashp->tmp_buf, (save_p->page) + off, len);
val->data = (uint8 *)hashp->tmp_buf;
return (0);
}
/*
* Count how big the total datasize is by looping through the pages. Then
* allocate a buffer and copy the data in the second loop. NOTE: Our caller
* may already have a bp which it is holding onto. The caller is
* responsible for copying that bp into our temp buffer. 'len' is how much
* space to reserve for that buffer.
*/
static int
collect_data(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int len, int set)
{
register uint16 *bp;
BUFHEAD *save_bufp;
int save_flags;
int mylen, totlen;
/*
* save the input buf head because we need to walk the list twice.
* pin it to make sure it doesn't leave the buffer pool.
* This has the effect of growing the buffer pool if necessary.
*/
save_bufp = bufp;
save_flags = save_bufp->flags;
save_bufp->flags |= BUF_PIN;
/* read the length of the buffer */
for (totlen = len; bufp ; bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0]-1], bufp, 0)) {
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
/* if mylen ever goes negative it means that the
* page is screwed up.
*/
if (mylen < 0) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
totlen += mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) { /* End of Data */
break;
}
}
if (!bufp) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
/* allocate a temp buf */
if (hashp->tmp_buf)
free(hashp->tmp_buf);
if ((hashp->tmp_buf = (char *)malloc((size_t)totlen)) == NULL) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
/* copy the buffers back into temp buf */
for (bufp = save_bufp; bufp ;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0]-1], bufp, 0)) {
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
memmove(&hashp->tmp_buf[len], (bufp->page) + bp[1], (size_t)mylen);
len += mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) {
break;
}
}
/* 'clear' the pin flags */
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
/* update the database cursor */
if (set) {
hashp->cndx = 1;
if (bp[0] == 2) { /* No more buckets in chain */
hashp->cpage = NULL;
hashp->cbucket++;
} else {
hashp->cpage = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!hashp->cpage)
return (-1);
else if (!((uint16 *)hashp->cpage->page)[0]) {
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cpage = NULL;
}
}
}
return (totlen);
}
/*
* Fill in the key and data for this big pair.
*/
extern int
__big_keydata(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
DBT *key, DBT *val,
int set)
{
key->size = collect_key(hashp, bufp, 0, val, set);
if (key->size == (size_t)-1)
return (-1);
key->data = (uint8 *)hashp->tmp_key;
return (0);
}
/*
* Count how big the total key size is by recursing through the pages. Then
* collect the data, allocate a buffer and copy the key as you recurse up.
*/
static int
collect_key(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int len,
DBT *val,
int set)
{
BUFHEAD *xbp;
char *p;
int mylen, totlen;
uint16 *bp, save_addr;
p = bufp->page;
bp = (uint16 *)p;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
save_addr = bufp->addr;
totlen = len + mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY || bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) { /* End of Key. */
if (hashp->tmp_key != NULL)
free(hashp->tmp_key);
if ((hashp->tmp_key = (char *)malloc((size_t)totlen)) == NULL)
return (-1);
if (__big_return(hashp, bufp, 1, val, set))
return (-1);
} else {
xbp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!xbp || ((totlen =
collect_key(hashp, xbp, totlen, val, set)) < 1))
return (-1);
}
if (bufp->addr != save_addr) {
errno = EINVAL; /* MIS -- OUT OF BUFFERS */
return (-1);
}
memmove(&hashp->tmp_key[len], (bufp->page) + bp[1], (size_t)mylen);
return (totlen);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 => OK
* -1 => error
*/
extern int
__big_split(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *op, /* Pointer to where to put keys that go in old bucket */
BUFHEAD *np, /* Pointer to new bucket page */
/* Pointer to first page containing the big key/data */
BUFHEAD *big_keyp,
uint32 addr, /* Address of big_keyp */
uint32 obucket,/* Old Bucket */
SPLIT_RETURN *ret)
{
register BUFHEAD *tmpp;
register uint16 *tp;
BUFHEAD *bp;
DBT key, val;
uint32 change;
uint16 free_space, n, off;
bp = big_keyp;
/* Now figure out where the big key/data goes */
if (__big_keydata(hashp, big_keyp, &key, &val, 0))
return (-1);
change = (__call_hash(hashp,(char*) key.data, key.size) != obucket);
if ((ret->next_addr = __find_last_page(hashp, &big_keyp))) {
if (!(ret->nextp =
__get_buf(hashp, ret->next_addr, big_keyp, 0)))
return (-1);;
} else
ret->nextp = NULL;
/* Now make one of np/op point to the big key/data pair */
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(np->ovfl == NULL);
#endif
if (change)
tmpp = np;
else
tmpp = op;
tmpp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"BIG_SPLIT: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n", tmpp->addr,
(tmpp->ovfl ? tmpp->ovfl->addr : 0), (bp ? bp->addr : 0));
#endif
tmpp->ovfl = bp; /* one of op/np point to big_keyp */
tp = (uint16 *)tmpp->page;
#if 0 /* this get's tripped on database corrupted error */
assert(FREESPACE(tp) >= OVFLSIZE);
#endif
if(FREESPACE(tp) < OVFLSIZE)
return(DATABASE_CORRUPTED_ERROR);
n = tp[0];
off = OFFSET(tp);
free_space = FREESPACE(tp);
tp[++n] = (uint16)addr;
tp[++n] = OVFLPAGE;
tp[0] = n;
OFFSET(tp) = off;
FREESPACE(tp) = free_space - OVFLSIZE;
/*
* Finally, set the new and old return values. BIG_KEYP contains a
* pointer to the last page of the big key_data pair. Make sure that
* big_keyp has no following page (2 elements) or create an empty
* following page.
*/
ret->newp = np;
ret->oldp = op;
tp = (uint16 *)big_keyp->page;
big_keyp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
if (tp[0] > 2) {
/*
* There may be either one or two offsets on this page. If
* there is one, then the overflow page is linked on normally
* and tp[4] is OVFLPAGE. If there are two, tp[4] contains
* the second offset and needs to get stuffed in after the
* next overflow page is added.
*/
n = tp[4];
free_space = FREESPACE(tp);
off = OFFSET(tp);
tp[0] -= 2;
FREESPACE(tp) = free_space + OVFLSIZE;
OFFSET(tp) = off;
tmpp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, big_keyp);
if (!tmpp)
return (-1);
tp[4] = n;
} else
tmpp = big_keyp;
if (change)
ret->newp = tmpp;
else
ret->oldp = tmpp;
return (0);
}

View File

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_func.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
#if 0
static uint32 hash1 __P((const void *, size_t));
static uint32 hash2 __P((const void *, size_t));
static uint32 hash3 __P((const void *, size_t));
#endif
static uint32 hash4 __P((const void *, size_t));
/* Global default hash function */
uint32 (*__default_hash) __P((const void *, size_t)) = hash4;
/*
* HASH FUNCTIONS
*
* Assume that we've already split the bucket to which this key hashes,
* calculate that bucket, and check that in fact we did already split it.
*
* This came from ejb's hsearch.
*/
#define PRIME1 37
#define PRIME2 1048583
#if 0
static uint32
hash1(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register uint32 h;
/* Convert string to integer */
for (key = (const uint8 *)keyarg, h = 0; len--;)
h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
h %= PRIME2;
return (h);
}
/*
* Phong's linear congruential hash
*/
#define dcharhash(h, c) ((h) = 0x63c63cd9*(h) + 0x9c39c33d + (c))
static uint32
hash2(const void *keyarg, size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *e, *key;
register uint32 h;
register uint8 c;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
e = key + len;
for (h = 0; key != e;) {
c = *key++;
if (!c && key > e)
break;
dcharhash(h, c);
}
return (h);
}
/*
* This is INCREDIBLY ugly, but fast. We break the string up into 8 byte
* units. On the first time through the loop we get the "leftover bytes"
* (strlen % 8). On every other iteration, we perform 8 HASHC's so we handle
* all 8 bytes. Essentially, this saves us 7 cmp & branch instructions. If
* this routine is heavily used enough, it's worth the ugly coding.
*
* OZ's original sdbm hash
*/
static uint32
hash3(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register size_t loop;
register uint32 h;
#define HASHC h = *key++ + 65599 * h
h = 0;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
if (len > 0) {
loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
case 0:
do {
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 7:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 6:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 5:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 4:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 3:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
HASHC;
} while (--loop);
}
}
return (h);
}
#endif /* 0 */
/* Hash function from Chris Torek. */
static uint32
hash4(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register size_t loop;
register uint32 h;
#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *key++;
#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *key++;
#define HASH4 HASH4b
h = 0;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
if (len > 0) {
loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
case 0:
do {
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 7:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 6:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 5:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 4:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 3:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
HASH4;
} while (--loop);
}
}
return (h);
}

View File

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_log2.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/31/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
uint32 __log2(uint32 num)
{
register uint32 i, limit;
limit = 1;
for (i = 0; limit < num; limit = limit << 1, i++) {}
return (i);
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,414 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_buf.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 7/15/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
/*
* PACKAGE: hash
*
* DESCRIPTION:
* Contains buffer management
*
* ROUTINES:
* External
* __buf_init
* __get_buf
* __buf_free
* __reclaim_buf
* Internal
* newbuf
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef DEBUG
#include <assert.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
static BUFHEAD *newbuf __P((HTAB *, uint32, BUFHEAD *));
/* Unlink B from its place in the lru */
#define BUF_REMOVE(B) { \
(B)->prev->next = (B)->next; \
(B)->next->prev = (B)->prev; \
}
/* Insert B after P */
#define BUF_INSERT(B, P) { \
(B)->next = (P)->next; \
(B)->prev = (P); \
(P)->next = (B); \
(B)->next->prev = (B); \
}
#define MRU hashp->bufhead.next
#define LRU hashp->bufhead.prev
#define MRU_INSERT(B) BUF_INSERT((B), &hashp->bufhead)
#define LRU_INSERT(B) BUF_INSERT((B), LRU)
/*
* We are looking for a buffer with address "addr". If prev_bp is NULL, then
* address is a bucket index. If prev_bp is not NULL, then it points to the
* page previous to an overflow page that we are trying to find.
*
* CAVEAT: The buffer header accessed via prev_bp's ovfl field may no longer
* be valid. Therefore, you must always verify that its address matches the
* address you are seeking.
*/
extern BUFHEAD *
__get_buf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp, int newpage)
/* If prev_bp set, indicates a new overflow page. */
{
register BUFHEAD *bp;
register uint32 is_disk_mask;
register int is_disk, segment_ndx = 0;
SEGMENT segp = 0;
is_disk = 0;
is_disk_mask = 0;
if (prev_bp) {
bp = prev_bp->ovfl;
if (!bp || (bp->addr != addr))
bp = NULL;
if (!newpage)
is_disk = BUF_DISK;
} else {
/* Grab buffer out of directory */
segment_ndx = addr & (hashp->SGSIZE - 1);
/* valid segment ensured by __call_hash() */
segp = hashp->dir[addr >> hashp->SSHIFT];
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(segp != NULL);
#endif
bp = PTROF(segp[segment_ndx]);
is_disk_mask = ISDISK(segp[segment_ndx]);
is_disk = is_disk_mask || !hashp->new_file;
}
if (!bp) {
bp = newbuf(hashp, addr, prev_bp);
if (!bp)
return(NULL);
if(__get_page(hashp, bp->page, addr, !prev_bp, is_disk, 0))
{
/* free bp and its page */
if(prev_bp)
{
/* if prev_bp is set then the new page that
* failed is hooked onto prev_bp as an overflow page.
* if we don't remove the pointer to the bad page
* we may try and access it later and we will die
* horribly because it will have already been
* free'd and overwritten with bogus data.
*/
prev_bp->ovfl = NULL;
}
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp->page);
free(bp);
return (NULL);
}
if (!prev_bp)
{
#if 0
/* 16 bit windows and mac can't handle the
* oring of the is disk flag.
*/
segp[segment_ndx] =
(BUFHEAD *)((ptrdiff_t)bp | is_disk_mask);
#else
/* set the is_disk thing inside the structure
*/
bp->is_disk = is_disk_mask;
segp[segment_ndx] = bp;
#endif
}
} else {
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
MRU_INSERT(bp);
}
return (bp);
}
/*
* We need a buffer for this page. Either allocate one, or evict a resident
* one (if we have as many buffers as we're allowed) and put this one in.
*
* If newbuf finds an error (returning NULL), it also sets errno.
*/
static BUFHEAD *
newbuf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp)
{
register BUFHEAD *bp; /* The buffer we're going to use */
register BUFHEAD *xbp; /* Temp pointer */
register BUFHEAD *next_xbp;
SEGMENT segp;
int segment_ndx;
uint16 oaddr, *shortp;
oaddr = 0;
bp = LRU;
/*
* If LRU buffer is pinned, the buffer pool is too small. We need to
* allocate more buffers.
*/
if (hashp->nbufs || (bp->flags & BUF_PIN)) {
/* Allocate a new one */
if ((bp = (BUFHEAD *)malloc(sizeof(BUFHEAD))) == NULL)
return (NULL);
/* this memset is supposedly unnecessary but lets add
* it anyways.
*/
memset(bp, 0xff, sizeof(BUFHEAD));
if ((bp->page = (char *)malloc((size_t)hashp->BSIZE)) == NULL) {
free(bp);
return (NULL);
}
/* this memset is supposedly unnecessary but lets add
* it anyways.
*/
memset(bp->page, 0xff, (size_t)hashp->BSIZE);
if (hashp->nbufs)
hashp->nbufs--;
} else {
/* Kick someone out */
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
/*
* If this is an overflow page with addr 0, it's already been
* flushed back in an overflow chain and initialized.
*/
if ((bp->addr != 0) || (bp->flags & BUF_BUCKET)) {
/*
* Set oaddr before __put_page so that you get it
* before bytes are swapped.
*/
shortp = (uint16 *)bp->page;
if (shortp[0])
{
if(shortp[0] > (hashp->BSIZE / sizeof(uint16)))
{
return(NULL);
}
oaddr = shortp[shortp[0] - 1];
}
if ((bp->flags & BUF_MOD) && __put_page(hashp, bp->page,
bp->addr, (int)IS_BUCKET(bp->flags), 0))
return (NULL);
/*
* Update the pointer to this page (i.e. invalidate it).
*
* If this is a new file (i.e. we created it at open
* time), make sure that we mark pages which have been
* written to disk so we retrieve them from disk later,
* rather than allocating new pages.
*/
if (IS_BUCKET(bp->flags)) {
segment_ndx = bp->addr & (hashp->SGSIZE - 1);
segp = hashp->dir[bp->addr >> hashp->SSHIFT];
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(segp != NULL);
#endif
if (hashp->new_file &&
((bp->flags & BUF_MOD) ||
ISDISK(segp[segment_ndx])))
segp[segment_ndx] = (BUFHEAD *)BUF_DISK;
else
segp[segment_ndx] = NULL;
}
/*
* Since overflow pages can only be access by means of
* their bucket, free overflow pages associated with
* this bucket.
*/
for (xbp = bp; xbp->ovfl;) {
next_xbp = xbp->ovfl;
xbp->ovfl = 0;
xbp = next_xbp;
/* leave pinned pages alone, we are still using
* them. */
if (xbp->flags & BUF_PIN) {
continue;
}
/* Check that ovfl pointer is up date. */
if (IS_BUCKET(xbp->flags) ||
(oaddr != xbp->addr))
break;
shortp = (uint16 *)xbp->page;
if (shortp[0])
{
/* LJM is the number of reported
* pages way too much?
*/
if(shortp[0] > hashp->BSIZE/sizeof(uint16))
return NULL;
/* set before __put_page */
oaddr = shortp[shortp[0] - 1];
}
if ((xbp->flags & BUF_MOD) && __put_page(hashp,
xbp->page, xbp->addr, 0, 0))
return (NULL);
xbp->addr = 0;
xbp->flags = 0;
BUF_REMOVE(xbp);
LRU_INSERT(xbp);
}
}
}
/* Now assign this buffer */
bp->addr = addr;
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr, "NEWBUF1: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n",
bp->addr, (bp->ovfl ? bp->ovfl->addr : 0), 0);
#endif
bp->ovfl = NULL;
if (prev_bp) {
/*
* If prev_bp is set, this is an overflow page, hook it in to
* the buffer overflow links.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr, "NEWBUF2: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n",
prev_bp->addr, (prev_bp->ovfl ? bp->ovfl->addr : 0),
(bp ? bp->addr : 0));
#endif
prev_bp->ovfl = bp;
bp->flags = 0;
} else
bp->flags = BUF_BUCKET;
MRU_INSERT(bp);
return (bp);
}
extern void __buf_init(HTAB *hashp, int32 nbytes)
{
BUFHEAD *bfp;
int npages;
bfp = &(hashp->bufhead);
npages = (nbytes + hashp->BSIZE - 1) >> hashp->BSHIFT;
npages = PR_MAX(npages, MIN_BUFFERS);
hashp->nbufs = npages;
bfp->next = bfp;
bfp->prev = bfp;
/*
* This space is calloc'd so these are already null.
*
* bfp->ovfl = NULL;
* bfp->flags = 0;
* bfp->page = NULL;
* bfp->addr = 0;
*/
}
extern int
__buf_free(HTAB *hashp, int do_free, int to_disk)
{
BUFHEAD *bp;
int status = -1;
/* Need to make sure that buffer manager has been initialized */
if (!LRU)
return (0);
for (bp = LRU; bp != &hashp->bufhead;) {
/* Check that the buffer is valid */
if (bp->addr || IS_BUCKET(bp->flags)) {
if (to_disk && (bp->flags & BUF_MOD) &&
(status = __put_page(hashp, bp->page,
bp->addr, IS_BUCKET(bp->flags), 0))) {
if (do_free) {
if (bp->page)
free(bp->page);
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp);
}
return (status);
}
}
/* Check if we are freeing stuff */
if (do_free) {
if (bp->page)
free(bp->page);
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp);
bp = LRU;
} else
bp = bp->prev;
}
return (0);
}
extern void
__reclaim_buf(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bp)
{
bp->ovfl = 0;
bp->addr = 0;
bp->flags = 0;
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
LRU_INSERT(bp);
}

View File

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hsearch.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 7/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hsearch.h"
static DB *dbp = NULL;
static ENTRY retval;
extern int
hcreate(uint nel)
{
HASHINFO info;
info.nelem = nel;
info.bsize = 256;
info.ffactor = 8;
info.cachesize = 0;
info.hash = NULL;
info.lorder = 0;
dbp = (DB *)__hash_open(NULL, O_CREAT | O_RDWR, 0600, &info, 0);
return ((int)dbp);
}
extern ENTRY *
hsearch(ENTRY item, ACTION action)
{
DBT key, val;
int status;
if (!dbp)
return (NULL);
key.data = (uint8 *)item.key;
key.size = strlen(item.key) + 1;
if (action == ENTER) {
val.data = (uint8 *)item.data;
val.size = strlen(item.data) + 1;
status = (dbp->put)(dbp, &key, &val, R_NOOVERWRITE);
if (status)
return (NULL);
} else {
/* FIND */
status = (dbp->get)(dbp, &key, &val, 0);
if (status)
return (NULL);
else
item.data = (char *)val.data;
}
retval.key = item.key;
retval.data = item.data;
return (&retval);
}
extern void
hdestroy()
{
if (dbp) {
(void)(dbp->close)(dbp);
dbp = NULL;
}
}

View File

@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
#if defined(__sun) && !defined(__SVR4)
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Chris Torek.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)bcopy.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#include <string.h>
/*
* sizeof(word) MUST BE A POWER OF TWO
* SO THAT wmask BELOW IS ALL ONES
*/
typedef int word; /* "word" used for optimal copy speed */
#define wsize sizeof(word)
#define wmask (wsize - 1)
/*
* Copy a block of memory, handling overlap.
* This is the routine that actually implements
* (the portable versions of) bcopy, memcpy, and memmove.
*/
#ifdef MEMCOPY
void *
memcpy(dst0, src0, length)
#else
#ifdef MEMMOVE
void *
memmove(dst0, src0, length)
#else
void
bcopy(src0, dst0, length)
#endif
#endif
void *dst0;
const void *src0;
register size_t length;
{
register char *dst = dst0;
register const char *src = src0;
register size_t t;
if (length == 0 || dst == src) /* nothing to do */
goto done;
/*
* Macros: loop-t-times; and loop-t-times, t>0
*/
#define TLOOP(s) if (t) TLOOP1(s)
#define TLOOP1(s) do { s; } while (--t)
if ((unsigned long)dst < (unsigned long)src) {
/*
* Copy forward.
*/
t = (int)src; /* only need low bits */
if ((t | (int)dst) & wmask) {
/*
* Try to align operands. This cannot be done
* unless the low bits match.
*/
if ((t ^ (int)dst) & wmask || length < wsize)
t = length;
else
t = wsize - (t & wmask);
length -= t;
TLOOP1(*dst++ = *src++);
}
/*
* Copy whole words, then mop up any trailing bytes.
*/
t = length / wsize;
TLOOP(*(word *)dst = *(word *)src; src += wsize; dst += wsize);
t = length & wmask;
TLOOP(*dst++ = *src++);
} else {
/*
* Copy backwards. Otherwise essentially the same.
* Alignment works as before, except that it takes
* (t&wmask) bytes to align, not wsize-(t&wmask).
*/
src += length;
dst += length;
t = (int)src;
if ((t | (int)dst) & wmask) {
if ((t ^ (int)dst) & wmask || length <= wsize)
t = length;
else
t &= wmask;
length -= t;
TLOOP1(*--dst = *--src);
}
t = length / wsize;
TLOOP(src -= wsize; dst -= wsize; *(word *)dst = *(word *)src);
t = length & wmask;
TLOOP(*--dst = *--src);
}
done:
#if defined(MEMCOPY) || defined(MEMMOVE)
return (dst0);
#else
return;
#endif
}
#endif /* no __sgi */
/* Some compilers don't like an empty source file. */
static int dummy = 0;

View File

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mktemp.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifdef macintosh
#include <unix.h>
#else
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef XP_OS2_VACPP
#include <process.h>
#endif
#ifdef _WINDOWS
#include <process.h>
#include "winfile.h"
#endif
static int _gettemp(char *path, register int *doopen, int extraFlags);
int
mkstemp(char *path)
{
#ifdef XP_OS2
FILE *temp = tmpfile();
return (temp ? fileno(temp) : -1);
#else
int fd;
return (_gettemp(path, &fd, 0) ? fd : -1);
#endif
}
int
mkstempflags(char *path, int extraFlags)
{
int fd;
return (_gettemp(path, &fd, extraFlags) ? fd : -1);
}
char *
mktemp(char *path)
{
return(_gettemp(path, (int *)NULL, 0) ? path : (char *)NULL);
}
/* NB: This routine modifies its input string, and does not always restore it.
** returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
*/
static int
_gettemp(char *path, register int *doopen, int extraFlags)
{
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(_WIN32)
extern int errno;
#endif
register char *start, *trv;
struct stat sbuf;
unsigned int pid;
pid = getpid();
for (trv = path; *trv; ++trv); /* extra X's get set to 0's */
while (*--trv == 'X') {
*trv = (pid % 10) + '0';
pid /= 10;
}
/*
* check the target directory; if you have six X's and it
* doesn't exist this runs for a *very* long time.
*/
for (start = trv + 1;; --trv) {
char saved;
if (trv <= path)
break;
saved = *trv;
if (saved == '/' || saved == '\\') {
int rv;
*trv = '\0';
rv = stat(path, &sbuf);
*trv = saved;
if (rv)
return(0);
if (!S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
errno = ENOTDIR;
return(0);
}
break;
}
}
for (;;) {
if (doopen) {
if ((*doopen =
open(path, O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_RDWR|extraFlags, 0600)) >= 0)
return(1);
if (errno != EEXIST)
return(0);
}
else if (stat(path, &sbuf))
return(errno == ENOENT ? 1 : 0);
/* tricky little algorithm for backward compatibility */
for (trv = start;;) {
if (!*trv)
return(0);
if (*trv == 'z')
*trv++ = 'a';
else {
if (isdigit(*trv))
*trv = 'a';
else
++*trv;
break;
}
}
}
/*NOTREACHED*/
}

View File

@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ndbm.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 7/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
/*
* This package provides a dbm compatible interface to the new hashing
* package described in db(3).
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#if defined(__linux)
#include <linux/limits.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "ndbm.h"
#include "hash.h"
/*
* Returns:
* *DBM on success
* NULL on failure
*/
extern DBM *
dbm_open(const char *file, int flags, int mode)
{
HASHINFO info;
char path[MAXPATHLEN];
info.bsize = 4096;
info.ffactor = 40;
info.nelem = 1;
info.cachesize = 0;
info.hash = NULL;
info.lorder = 0;
(void)strcpy(path, file);
(void)strcat(path, DBM_SUFFIX);
return ((DBM *)__hash_open(path, flags, mode, &info, 0));
}
extern void
dbm_close(DBM *db)
{
(void)(db->close)(db);
}
/*
* Returns:
* DATUM on success
* NULL on failure
*/
extern datum
dbm_fetch(DBM *db, datum key)
{
datum retval;
int status;
status = (db->get)(db, (DBT *)&key, (DBT *)&retval, 0);
if (status) {
retval.dptr = NULL;
retval.dsize = 0;
}
return (retval);
}
/*
* Returns:
* DATUM on success
* NULL on failure
*/
extern datum
dbm_firstkey(DBM *db)
{
int status;
datum retdata, retkey;
status = (db->seq)(db, (DBT *)&retkey, (DBT *)&retdata, R_FIRST);
if (status)
retkey.dptr = NULL;
return (retkey);
}
/*
* Returns:
* DATUM on success
* NULL on failure
*/
extern datum
dbm_nextkey(DBM *db)
{
int status;
datum retdata, retkey;
status = (db->seq)(db, (DBT *)&retkey, (DBT *)&retdata, R_NEXT);
if (status)
retkey.dptr = NULL;
return (retkey);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 on success
* <0 failure
*/
extern int
dbm_delete(DBM *db, datum key)
{
int status;
status = (db->del)(db, (DBT *)&key, 0);
if (status)
return (-1);
else
return (0);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 on success
* <0 failure
* 1 if DBM_INSERT and entry exists
*/
extern int
dbm_store(DBM *db, datum key, datum content, int flags)
{
return ((db->put)(db, (DBT *)&key, (DBT *)&content,
(flags == DBM_INSERT) ? R_NOOVERWRITE : 0));
}
extern int
dbm_error(DBM *db)
{
HTAB *hp;
hp = (HTAB *)db->internal;
return (hp->dbmerrno);
}
extern int
dbm_clearerr(DBM *db)
{
HTAB *hp;
hp = (HTAB *)db->internal;
hp->dbmerrno = 0;
return (0);
}
extern int
dbm_dirfno(DBM *db)
{
return(((HTAB *)db->internal)->fp);
}

View File

@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include "nsres.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
struct RESDATABASE
{
DB *hdb;
NSRESTHREADINFO *threadinfo;
char * pbuf[MAXBUFNUM];
} ;
typedef struct RESDATABASE * RESHANDLE;
typedef struct STRINGDATA
{
char *str;
unsigned int charsetid;
} STRINGDATA;
typedef unsigned int CHARSETTYPE;
#define RES_LOCK if (hres->threadinfo) hres->threadinfo->fn_lock(hres->threadinfo->lock);
#define RES_UNLOCK if (hres->threadinfo) hres->threadinfo->fn_unlock(hres->threadinfo->lock);
int GenKeyData(const char *library, int32 id, DBT *key);
/*
Right now, the page size used for resource is same as for Navigator cache
database
*/
HASHINFO res_hash_info = {
32*1024,
0,
0,
0,
0, /* 64 * 1024U */
0};
int GenKeyData(const char *library, int32 id, DBT *key)
{
char idstr[10];
static char * strdata = NULL;
size_t len;
if (strdata)
free (strdata);
if (id == 0)
idstr[0] = '\0';
else
{
sprintf(idstr, "%d", id);
/* itoa(id, idstr, 10); */
}
if (library == NULL)
len = strlen(idstr) + 1;
else
len = strlen(library) + strlen(idstr) + 1;
strdata = (char *) malloc (len);
strcpy(strdata, library);
strcat(strdata, idstr);
key->size = len;
key->data = strdata;
return 1;
}
NSRESHANDLE NSResCreateTable(const char *filename, NSRESTHREADINFO *threadinfo)
{
RESHANDLE hres;
int flag;
flag = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
hres = (RESHANDLE) calloc ( 1, sizeof(struct RESDATABASE) );
if (threadinfo && threadinfo->lock && threadinfo->fn_lock
&& threadinfo->fn_unlock)
{
hres->threadinfo = (NSRESTHREADINFO *) malloc( sizeof(NSRESTHREADINFO) );
hres->threadinfo->lock = threadinfo->lock;
hres->threadinfo->fn_lock = threadinfo->fn_lock;
hres->threadinfo->fn_unlock = threadinfo->fn_unlock;
}
RES_LOCK
hres->hdb = dbopen(filename, flag, 0644, DB_HASH, &res_hash_info);
RES_UNLOCK
if(!hres->hdb)
return NULL;
return (NSRESHANDLE) hres;
}
NSRESHANDLE NSResOpenTable(const char *filename, NSRESTHREADINFO *threadinfo)
{
RESHANDLE hres;
int flag;
flag = O_RDONLY; /* only open database for reading */
hres = (RESHANDLE) calloc ( 1, sizeof(struct RESDATABASE) );
if (threadinfo && threadinfo->lock && threadinfo->fn_lock
&& threadinfo->fn_unlock)
{
hres->threadinfo = (NSRESTHREADINFO *) malloc( sizeof(NSRESTHREADINFO) );
hres->threadinfo->lock = threadinfo->lock;
hres->threadinfo->fn_lock = threadinfo->fn_lock;
hres->threadinfo->fn_unlock = threadinfo->fn_unlock;
}
RES_LOCK
hres->hdb = dbopen(filename, flag, 0644, DB_HASH, &res_hash_info);
RES_UNLOCK
if(!hres->hdb)
return NULL;
return (NSRESHANDLE) hres;
}
void NSResCloseTable(NSRESHANDLE handle)
{
RESHANDLE hres;
int i;
if (handle == NULL)
return;
hres = (RESHANDLE) handle;
RES_LOCK
(*hres->hdb->sync)(hres->hdb, 0);
(*hres->hdb->close)(hres->hdb);
RES_UNLOCK
for (i = 0; i < MAXBUFNUM; i++)
{
if (hres->pbuf[i])
free (hres->pbuf[i]);
}
if (hres->threadinfo)
free (hres->threadinfo);
free (hres);
}
char *NSResLoadString(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char * library, int32 id,
unsigned int charsetid, char *retbuf)
{
int status;
RESHANDLE hres;
DBT key, data;
if (handle == NULL)
return NULL;
hres = (RESHANDLE) handle;
GenKeyData(library, id, &key);
RES_LOCK
status = (*hres->hdb->get)(hres->hdb, &key, &data, 0);
RES_UNLOCK
if (retbuf)
{
memcpy(retbuf, (char *)data.data + sizeof(CHARSETTYPE), data.size - sizeof(CHARSETTYPE));
return retbuf;
}
else
{
static int WhichString = 0;
static int bFirstTime = 1;
char *szLoadedString;
int i;
RES_LOCK
if (bFirstTime) {
for (i = 0; i < MAXBUFNUM; i++)
hres->pbuf[i] = (char *) malloc(MAXSTRINGLEN * sizeof(char));
bFirstTime = 0;
}
szLoadedString = hres->pbuf[WhichString];
WhichString++;
/* reset to 0, if WhichString reaches to the end */
if (WhichString == MAXBUFNUM)
WhichString = 0;
if (status == 0)
memcpy(szLoadedString, (char *) data.data + sizeof(CHARSETTYPE),
data.size - sizeof(CHARSETTYPE));
else
szLoadedString[0] = 0;
RES_UNLOCK
return szLoadedString;
}
}
int32 NSResGetSize(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id)
{
int status;
RESHANDLE hres;
DBT key, data;
if (handle == NULL)
return 0;
hres = (RESHANDLE) handle;
GenKeyData(library, id, &key);
RES_LOCK
status = (*hres->hdb->get)(hres->hdb, &key, &data, 0);
RES_UNLOCK
return data.size - sizeof(CHARSETTYPE);
}
int32 NSResLoadResource(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id, char *retbuf)
{
int status;
RESHANDLE hres;
DBT key, data;
if (handle == NULL)
return 0;
hres = (RESHANDLE) handle;
GenKeyData(library, id, &key);
RES_LOCK
status = (*hres->hdb->get)(hres->hdb, &key, &data, 0);
RES_UNLOCK
if (retbuf)
{
memcpy(retbuf, (char *)data.data + sizeof(CHARSETTYPE), data.size - sizeof(CHARSETTYPE));
return data.size;
}
else
return 0;
}
int NSResAddString(NSRESHANDLE handle, const char *library, int32 id,
const char *string, unsigned int charset)
{
int status;
RESHANDLE hres;
DBT key, data;
char * recdata;
if (handle == NULL)
return 0;
hres = (RESHANDLE) handle;
GenKeyData(library, id, &key);
data.size = sizeof(CHARSETTYPE) + (strlen(string) + 1) ;
recdata = (char *) malloc(data.size) ;
/* set charset to the first field of record data */
*((CHARSETTYPE *)recdata) = (CHARSETTYPE)charset;
/* set data field */
memcpy(recdata+sizeof(CHARSETTYPE), string, strlen(string) + 1);
data.data = recdata;
RES_LOCK
status = (*hres->hdb->put)(hres->hdb, &key, &data, 0);
if (recdata)
free(recdata);
RES_UNLOCK
return status;
}

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#include "prtypes.h"
#include <ncompat.h>
/* The OS/2 VAC compiler doesn't appear to define __STDC__ and won't let us define it either */
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <stdarg.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
int
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
snprintf(char *str, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
#else
snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist)
char *str;
size_t n;
const char *fmt;
va_dcl
#endif
{
va_list ap;
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
char *rp;
#else
int rval;
#endif
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
va_start(ap, fmt);
#else
va_start(ap);
#endif
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
rp = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (strlen(rp));
#else
rval = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (rval);
#endif
}
int
vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)
char *str;
size_t n;
const char *fmt;
va_list ap;
{
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
return (strlen(vsprintf(str, fmt, ap)));
#else
return (vsprintf(str, fmt, ap));
#endif
}
#endif /* HAVE_SNPRINTF */
/* Some compilers don't like an empty source file. */
static int dummy = 0;

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
* must display the following acknowledgement:
* This product includes software developed by the University of
* California, Berkeley and its contributors.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strerror.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _DLL
#define sys_nerr (*_sys_nerr_dll)
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
#ifndef _AFXDLL
char *
strerror(num)
int num;
{
extern int sys_nerr;
extern char *sys_errlist[];
#define UPREFIX "Unknown error: "
static char ebuf[40] = UPREFIX; /* 64-bit number + slop */
register unsigned int errnum;
register char *p, *t;
char tmp[40];
errnum = num; /* convert to unsigned */
if (errnum < sys_nerr)
return(sys_errlist[errnum]);
/* Do this by hand, so we don't include stdio(3). */
t = tmp;
do {
*t++ = "0123456789"[errnum % 10];
} while (errnum /= 10);
for (p = ebuf + sizeof(UPREFIX) - 1;;) {
*p++ = *--t;
if (t <= tmp)
break;
}
return(ebuf);
}
#endif
#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
# rights and limitations under the License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
# Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
# Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
PACKAGE_FILE = dbmtest.pkg
PROGRAM = lots$(BIN_SUFFIX)
CSRCS = lots.c
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
EXTRA_DSO_LIBS = dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
else
EXTRA_DSO_LIBS = mozdbm_s
endif
LIBS = $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
[gecko-tests]
dist/bin/lots@BINS@

View File

@@ -1,639 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: NPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the NPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the NPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/* use sequental numbers printed to strings
* to store lots and lots of entries in the
* database.
*
* Start with 100 entries, put them and then
* read them out. Then delete the first
* half and verify that all of the first half
* is gone and then verify that the second
* half is still there.
* Then add the first half back and verify
* again. Then delete the middle third
* and verify again.
* Then increase the size by 1000 and do
* the whole add delete thing again.
*
* The data for each object is the number string translated
* to hex and replicated a random number of times. The
* number of times that the data is replicated is the first
* int32 in the data.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdarg.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
DB *database=0;
int MsgPriority=5;
#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WIN32)
#define int32 long
#define uint32 unsigned long
#else
#define int32 int
#define uint32 unsigned int
#endif
typedef enum {
USE_LARGE_KEY,
USE_SMALL_KEY
} key_type_enum;
#define TraceMe(priority, msg) \
do { \
if(priority <= MsgPriority) \
{ \
ReportStatus msg; \
} \
} while(0)
int
ReportStatus(char *string, ...)
{
va_list args;
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
va_start(args, string);
#else
va_start(args);
#endif
vfprintf(stderr, string, args);
va_end(args);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
return(0);
}
int
ReportError(char *string, ...)
{
va_list args;
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
va_start(args, string);
#else
va_start(args);
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "\n ");
vfprintf(stderr, string, args);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
va_end(args);
return(0);
}
DBT * MakeLargeKey(int32 num)
{
int32 low_bits;
static DBT rv;
static char *string_rv=0;
int rep_char;
size_t size;
if(string_rv)
free(string_rv);
/* generate a really large text key derived from
* an int32
*/
low_bits = (num % 10000) + 1;
/* get the repeat char from the low 26 */
rep_char = (char) ((low_bits % 26) + 'a');
/* malloc a string low_bits wide */
size = low_bits*sizeof(char);
string_rv = (char *)malloc(size);
memset(string_rv, rep_char, size);
rv.data = string_rv;
rv.size = size;
return(&rv);
}
DBT * MakeSmallKey(int32 num)
{
static DBT rv;
static char data_string[64];
rv.data = data_string;
sprintf(data_string, "%ld", (long)num);
rv.size = strlen(data_string);
return(&rv);
}
DBT * GenKey(int32 num, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key;
switch(key_type)
{
case USE_LARGE_KEY:
key = MakeLargeKey(num);
break;
case USE_SMALL_KEY:
key = MakeSmallKey(num);
break;
default:
abort();
break;
}
return(key);
}
int
SeqDatabase()
{
int status;
DBT key, data;
ReportStatus("SEQuencing through database...");
/* seq throught the whole database */
if(!(status = (*database->seq)(database, &key, &data, R_FIRST)))
{
while(!(status = (database->seq) (database, &key, &data, R_NEXT)));
; /* null body */
}
if(status < 0)
ReportError("Error seq'ing database");
return(status);
}
int
VerifyData(DBT *data, int32 num, key_type_enum key_type)
{
int32 count, compare_num;
size_t size;
int32 *int32_array;
/* The first int32 is count
* The other n entries should
* all equal num
*/
if(data->size < sizeof(int32))
{
ReportError("Data size corrupted");
return -1;
}
memcpy(&count, data->data, sizeof(int32));
size = sizeof(int32)*(count+1);
if(size != data->size)
{
ReportError("Data size corrupted");
return -1;
}
int32_array = (int32*)data->data;
for(;count > 0; count--)
{
memcpy(&compare_num, &int32_array[count], sizeof(int32));
if(compare_num != num)
{
ReportError("Data corrupted");
return -1;
}
}
return(0);
}
/* verify that a range of number strings exist
* or don't exist. And that the data is valid
*/
#define SHOULD_EXIST 1
#define SHOULD_NOT_EXIST 0
int
VerifyRange(int32 low, int32 high, int32 should_exist, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key, data;
int32 num;
int status;
TraceMe(1, ("Verifying: %ld to %ld, using %s keys",
low, high, key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
for(num = low; num <= high; num++)
{
key = GenKey(num, key_type);
status = (*database->get)(database, key, &data, 0);
if(status == 0)
{
/* got the item */
if(!should_exist)
{
ReportError("Item exists but shouldn't: %ld", num);
}
else
{
/* else verify the data */
VerifyData(&data, num, key_type);
}
}
else if(status > 0)
{
/* item not found */
if(should_exist)
{
ReportError("Item not found but should be: %ld", num);
}
}
else
{
/* database error */
ReportError("Database error");
return(-1);
}
}
TraceMe(1, ("Correctly verified: %ld to %ld", low, high));
return(0);
}
DBT *
GenData(int32 num)
{
int32 n;
static DBT *data=0;
int32 *int32_array;
size_t size;
if(!data)
{
data = (DBT*)malloc(sizeof(DBT));
data->size = 0;
data->data = 0;
}
else if(data->data)
{
free(data->data);
}
n = rand();
n = n % 512; /* bound to a 2K size */
size = sizeof(int32)*(n+1);
int32_array = (int32 *) malloc(size);
memcpy(&int32_array[0], &n, sizeof(int32));
for(; n > 0; n--)
{
memcpy(&int32_array[n], &num, sizeof(int32));
}
data->data = (void*)int32_array;
data->size = size;
return(data);
}
#define ADD_RANGE 1
#define DELETE_RANGE 2
int
AddOrDelRange(int32 low, int32 high, int action, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key, *data;
#if 0 /* only do this if your really analy checking the puts */
DBT tmp_data;
#endif
int32 num;
int status;
if(action != ADD_RANGE && action != DELETE_RANGE)
assert(0);
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
TraceMe(1, ("Adding: %ld to %ld: %s keys", low, high,
key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
}
else
{
TraceMe(1, ("Deleting: %ld to %ld: %s keys", low, high,
key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
}
for(num = low; num <= high; num++)
{
key = GenKey(num, key_type);
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
data = GenData(num);
status = (*database->put)(database, key, data, 0);
}
else
{
status = (*database->del)(database, key, 0);
}
if(status < 0)
{
ReportError("Database error %s item: %ld",
action == ADD_RANGE ? "ADDING" : "DELETING",
num);
}
else if(status > 0)
{
ReportError("Could not %s item: %ld",
action == ADD_RANGE ? "ADD" : "DELETE",
num);
}
else if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
#define SYNC_EVERY_TIME
#ifdef SYNC_EVERY_TIME
status = (*database->sync)(database, 0);
if(status != 0)
ReportError("Database error syncing after add");
#endif
#if 0 /* only do this if your really analy checking the puts */
/* make sure we can still get it
*/
status = (*database->get)(database, key, &tmp_data, 0);
if(status != 0)
{
ReportError("Database error checking item just added: %d",
num);
}
else
{
/* now verify that none of the ones we already
* put in have disappeared
*/
VerifyRange(low, num, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
}
#endif
}
}
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
TraceMe(1, ("Successfully added: %ld to %ld", low, high));
}
else
{
TraceMe(1, ("Successfully deleted: %ld to %ld", low, high));
}
return(0);
}
int
TestRange(int32 low, int32 range, key_type_enum key_type)
{
int status; int32 low_of_range1, high_of_range1; int32 low_of_range2, high_of_range2;
int32 low_of_range3, high_of_range3;
status = AddOrDelRange(low, low+range, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 1"));
SeqDatabase();
low_of_range1 = low;
high_of_range1 = low+(range/2);
low_of_range2 = high_of_range1+1;
high_of_range2 = low+range;
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, low_of_range2, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 2"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 3"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 4"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 5"));
SeqDatabase();
low_of_range1 = low;
high_of_range1 = low+(range/3);
low_of_range2 = high_of_range1+1;
high_of_range2 = high_of_range1+(range/3);
low_of_range3 = high_of_range2+1;
high_of_range3 = low+range;
/* delete range 2 */
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, low_of_range2, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range3, low_of_range2, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 6"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 7"));
return(0);
}
#define START_RANGE 109876
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
int32 i, j=0;
int quick_exit = 0;
int large_keys = 0;
HASHINFO hash_info = {
16*1024,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0};
if(argc > 1)
{
while(argc > 1)
{
if(!strcmp(argv[argc-1], "-quick"))
quick_exit = 1;
else if(!strcmp(argv[argc-1], "-large"))
{
large_keys = 1;
}
argc--;
}
}
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, &hash_info);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not open database");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
if(quick_exit)
{
if(large_keys)
TestRange(START_RANGE, 200, USE_LARGE_KEY);
else
TestRange(START_RANGE, 200, USE_SMALL_KEY);
(*database->sync)(database, 0);
(*database->close)(database);
exit(0);
}
for(i=100; i < 10000000; i+=200)
{
if(1 || j)
{
TestRange(START_RANGE, i, USE_LARGE_KEY);
j = 0;
}
else
{
TestRange(START_RANGE, i, USE_SMALL_KEY);
j = 1;
}
if(1 == rand() % 3)
{
(*database->sync)(database, 0);
}
if(1 == rand() % 3)
{
/* close and reopen */
(*database->close)(database);
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, 0);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not reopen database");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
}
else
{
/* reopen database without closeing the other */
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, 0);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not reopen database "
"after not closing the other");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
}
}
return(0);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
//
Int32 BitSet::nextOne(Int32 pos) const
{
++pos;
if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
return -1;
Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
Word* ptr = &word[offset];
Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
++index;
currentWord >>= 1;
}
return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
}
Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (ptr < limit) {
++offset;
currentWord = *ptr++;
if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
index = 0;
while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
++index;
currentWord >>= 1;
}
return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
}
}
return -1;
}
// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
//
Int32 BitSet::nextZero(Int32 pos) const
{
++pos;
if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
return -1;
Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
Word* ptr = &word[offset];
Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
for (; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
}
currentWord >>= 1;
}
}
Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (ptr < limit) {
++offset;
currentWord = *ptr++;
if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
for (index = 0; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
}
currentWord >>= 1;
}
}
}
return -1;
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
//
void BitSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("[ "));
for (Int32 i = firstOne(); i != -1; i = nextOne(i)) {
Int32 currentBit = i;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", currentBit));
Int32 nextBit = nextOne(currentBit);
if (nextBit != currentBit + 1) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" "));
continue;
}
while ((nextBit != -1) && (nextBit == (currentBit + 1))) {
currentBit = nextBit;
nextBit = nextOne(nextBit);
}
if (currentBit > (i+1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("-%d ", currentBit));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" %d ", currentBit));
i = currentBit;
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("]\n"));
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _BITSET_H_
#define _BITSET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include <string.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// BitSet -
class BitSet
{
private:
#if (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 64)
typedef Uint64 Word;
#elif (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
typedef Uint32 Word;
#endif
static const nBitsInWord = PR_BITS_PER_WORD;
static const nBytesInWord = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD;
static const nBitsInWordLog2 = PR_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2;
static const nBytesInWordLog2 = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD_LOG2;
// Return the number of Word need to store the universe.
static Uint32 getSizeInWords(Uint32 sizeOfUniverse) {return (sizeOfUniverse + (nBitsInWord - 1)) >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
// Return the given element offset in its containing Word.
static Uint32 getBitOffset(Uint32 element) {return element & (nBitsInWord - 1);}
// Return the Word offset for the given element int the universe.
static Uint32 getWordOffset(Uint32 element) {return element >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
// Return the mask for the given bit index.
static Word getMask(Uint8 index) {return Word(1) << index;}
private:
Uint32 universeSize; // Size of the universe
Word* word; // universe memory.
private:
// No copy constructor.
BitSet(const BitSet&);
// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
void checkUniverseCompatibility(const BitSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
public:
// Create a bitset of universeSize bits.
BitSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {word = new(pool) Word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)]; clear();}
// Return the size of this bitset.
Uint32 getSize() const {return universeSize;}
// Clear the bitset.
void clear() {memset(word, 0x00, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
// Clear the bit at index.
void clear(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] &= ~getMask(index);}
// Set the bitset.
void set() {memset(word, 0xFF, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
// Set the bit at index.
void set(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] |= getMask(index);}
// Return true if the bit at index is set.
bool test(Uint32 index) const {checkMember(index); return (word[getWordOffset(index)] & getMask(index)) != 0;}
// Union with the given bitset.
inline void or(const BitSet& set);
// Intersection with the given bitset.
inline void and(const BitSet& set);
// Difference with the given bitset.
inline void difference(const BitSet& set);
// Copy set.
inline BitSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
// Return true if the bitset are identical.
friend bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
// Return true if the bitset are different.
friend bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
// Logical operators.
BitSet& operator |= (const BitSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
BitSet& operator &= (const BitSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
BitSet& operator -= (const BitSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Return the first bit at set to true or -1 if none.
Int32 firstOne() const {return nextOne(-1);}
// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
Int32 nextOne(Int32 pos) const;
// Return the first bit at set to false or -1 if none.
Int32 firstZero() const {return nextZero(-1);}
// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
Int32 nextZero(Int32 pos) const;
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef Int32 iterator;
// Return true if the walk is ordered.
static bool isOrdered() {return true;}
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const {return firstOne();}
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return nextOne(pos);}
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == -1;}
// Return the element corresponding to the given iterator.
Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return pos;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
// Union with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::or(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ |= *src++;
}
// Intersection with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::and(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ &= *src++;
}
// Difference with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::difference(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ &= ~*src++;
}
// Copy the given set into this set.
//
inline BitSet& BitSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
if (this != &set)
memcpy(word, set.word, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);
return *this;
}
// Return true if the given set is identical to this set.
inline bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2)
{
set1.checkUniverseCompatibility(set2);
if (&set1 == &set2)
return true;
return memcmp(set1.word, set2.word, BitSet::getSizeInWords(set1.universeSize) << BitSet::nBytesInWordLog2) == 0;
}
inline bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2) {return !(set1 == set2);}
#endif // _BITSET_H

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _COALESCING_H_
#define _COALESCING_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#if 1
// Performing an ultra conservative coalescing meens that when we look at
// candidates (source,destination) for coalescing we need to make sure
// that the combined interference of the source and destination register
// will not exceed the total number of register available for the register
// class.
#define ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
#else
// If we are not doing an ultra conservative coalescing we have to make sure
// that the total number of neighbor whose degree is greater than the total
// number of register is not greater than the total number of register.
#undef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
#endif
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Coalescing
{
static bool coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coalescing<RegisterPressure>::coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
// Initialize the lookup table
//
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* newRange = new RegisterName[2 * rangeCount];
RegisterName* coalescedRange = &newRange[rangeCount];
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
init(coalescedRange, rangeCount);
SparseSet interferences(pool, rangeCount);
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
bool removedInstructions = false;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.lndList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Walk the nodes in the loop nesting depth list.
for (Int32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
InstructionList::iterator it = instructions.begin();
while (!instructions.done(it)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(it);
it = instructions.advance(it);
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
RegisterName destination = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
if (source == destination) {
instruction.remove();
} else if (!iGraph.interfere(source, destination)) {
InterferenceVector* sourceVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(source);
InterferenceVector* destinationVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(destination);
#ifdef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
interferences.clear();
InterferenceVector* vector;
for (vector = sourceVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
}
for (vector = destinationVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
}
Uint32 count = interferences.getSize();
#else // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
trespass("not implemented");
Uint32 count = 0;
#endif // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
if (count < 6 /* FIX: should get the number from the class */) {
// Update the interferences vector.
if (sourceVector == NULL) {
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(source, destinationVector);
sourceVector = destinationVector;
} else if (destinationVector == NULL)
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
else {
InterferenceVector* last = NULL;
for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next)
last = v;
assert(last);
last->next = destinationVector;
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
}
// Update the interference matrix.
for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = v->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < v->count; i++) {
RegisterName neighbor = findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange);
iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, source);
iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, destination);
}
}
instruction.remove();
coalescedRange[source] = destination;
removedInstructions = true;
}
}
}
}
}
registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, coalescedRange, registerAllocator.nameCount, rangeCount);
delete newRange;
return removedInstructions;
}
#endif // _COALESCING_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
#include "Coloring.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "FastBitSet.h"
#include "FastBitMatrix.h"
#include "CpuInfo.h"
bool Coloring::
assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix)
{
PRUint32 *stackPtr = new(pool) PRUint32[vRegManager.count()];
return select(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr, simplify(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr));
}
PRInt32 Coloring::
getLowestSpillCostRegister(FastBitSet& bitset)
{
PRInt32 lowest = bitset.firstOne();
if (lowest != -1)
{
Flt32 cost = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(lowest).spillInfo.spillCost;
for (PRInt32 r = bitset.nextOne(lowest); r != -1; r = bitset.nextOne(r))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost && (vReg.spillInfo.spillCost < cost))
{
cost = vReg.spillInfo.spillCost;
lowest = r;
}
}
}
return lowest;
}
PRUint32* Coloring::
simplify(FastBitMatrix interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackPtr)
{
// first we construct the sets low and high. low contains all nodes of degree
// inferior to the number of register available on the processor. All the
// nodes with an high degree and a finite spill cost are placed in high.
// Nodes of high degree and infinite spill cost are not included in either sets.
PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet low(pool, nRegisters);
FastBitSet high(pool, nRegisters);
FastBitSet stack(pool, nRegisters);
for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
{
stack.set(i);
vReg.colorRegister(nRegisters);
}
else
{
if (vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree < NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS)
low.set(i);
else // if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost)
high.set(i);
// Set coloring info.
vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = false;
switch(vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
vReg.colorRegister(LAST_GREGISTER + 1);
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
vReg.colorRegister(LAST_FPREGISTER + 1);
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false); // Cannot happen.
}
}
}
// push the stack registers
PRInt32 j;
for (j = stack.firstOne(); j != -1; j = stack.nextOne(j))
*stackPtr++ = j;
// simplify
while (true)
{
PRInt32 r;
while ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(low)) != -1)
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
/* update low and high */
FastBitSet inter(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
for (j = inter.firstOne(); j != -1; j = inter.nextOne(j))
{
VirtualRegister& neighbor = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
// if the new interference degree of one of his neighbor becomes
// NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS - 1 then it is added to the set 'low'.
PRUint32 maxInterference = 0;
switch (neighbor.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS;
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false);
}
if ((vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j).colorInfo.interferenceDegree-- == maxInterference))
{
high.clear(j);
low.set(j);
}
vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree--;
interferenceMatrix.clear(r, j);
interferenceMatrix.clear(j, r);
}
low.clear(r);
// Push this register.
*stackPtr++ = r;
}
if ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(high)) != -1)
{
high.clear(r);
low.set(r);
}
else
break;
}
return stackPtr;
}
bool Coloring::
select(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackBase, PRUint32* stackPtr)
{
PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet usedRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1); // usedRegisters if used for both GR & FPR.
FastBitSet preColoredRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1);
FastBitSet usedStack(nRegisters + 1);
bool success = true;
Int32 lastUsedSSR = -1;
// select
while (stackPtr != stackBase)
{
// Pop one register.
PRUint32 r = *--stackPtr;
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
FastBitSet neighbors(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
// Stack slots coloring.
{
usedStack.clear();
for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
usedStack.set(vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i).getColor());
Int32 color = usedStack.firstZero();
vReg.colorRegister(color);
if (color > lastUsedSSR)
lastUsedSSR = color;
}
else
// Integer & Floating point register coloring.
{
usedRegisters.clear();
preColoredRegisters.clear();
for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
{
VirtualRegister& nvReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
usedRegisters.set(nvReg.getColor());
if (nvReg.isPreColored())
preColoredRegisters.set(nvReg.getPreColor());
}
if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference)
usedRegisters |= vReg.specialInterference;
PRInt8 c = -1;
PRInt8 maxColor = 0;
PRInt8 firstColor = 0;
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
firstColor = FIRST_GREGISTER;
maxColor = LAST_GREGISTER;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
firstColor = FIRST_FPREGISTER;
maxColor = LAST_FPREGISTER;
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false);
}
if (vReg.isPreColored())
{
c = vReg.getPreColor();
if (usedRegisters.test(c))
c = -1;
}
else
{
for (c = usedRegisters.nextZero(firstColor - 1); (c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor) && (preColoredRegisters.test(c));
c = usedRegisters.nextZero(c)) {}
}
if ((c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor))
{
vReg.colorRegister(c);
}
else
{
VirtualRegister& stackRegister = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcStackSlot);
vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot] = &stackRegister;
vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = true;
success = false;
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
if (success)
{
for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_GREGISTER)
PR_ASSERT(false);
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
#if NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS != 0
if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_FPREGISTER)
PR_ASSERT(false);
#endif
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
#endif
vRegManager.nUsedStackSlots = lastUsedSSR + 1;
return success;
}
#endif // NEW_LAURENTM_CODE

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Splits.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
template <class RegisterPressure>
class Coloring
{
private:
static RegisterName* simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack);
static bool select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr);
public:
static bool color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static void finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Coloring<RegisterPressure>::finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
RegisterName* color = registerAllocator.color;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
usePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
#ifdef DEBUG
RegisterID rid = usePtr->getRegisterID();
setColoredRegister(rid);
usePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
#endif // DEBUG
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
definePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
#ifdef DEBUG
RegisterID rid = definePtr->getRegisterID();
setColoredRegister(rid);
definePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
#endif // DEBUG
}
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* color = new RegisterName[rangeCount];
registerAllocator.color = color;
for (Uint32 r = 1; r < rangeCount; r++)
color[r] = RegisterName(6); // FIX;
// Color the preColored registers.
//
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
if (machinePtr->id != invalidID) {
color[name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]] = machinePtr->color;
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill preColor range %d as %d\n", name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)], machinePtr->color));
}
SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet& spill = *new(pool) SparseSet(pool, rangeCount);
registerAllocator.willSpill = &spill;
SparseSet neighborColors(pool, 6); // FIX
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
bool coloringFailed = false;
while (coloringStackPtr > coloringStack) {
RegisterName range = *--coloringStackPtr;
if (!cost[range].infinite && cost[range].cost < 0) {
coloringFailed = true;
spill.set(range);
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, will spill.\n", range));
} else {
neighborColors.clear();
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
RegisterName neighborColor = color[vector->neighbors[i]];
if (neighborColor < 6) // FIX
neighborColors.set(neighborColor);
}
if (neighborColors.getSize() == 6) { // FIX
coloringFailed = true;
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, ", range));
if (!Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(registerAllocator, color, range)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will spill.\n"));
spill.set(range);
} else
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will split.\n"));
} else {
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++) // FIX
if (!neighborColors.test(i)) {
fprintf(stdout, "\twill color %d as %d\n", range, i);
color[range] = RegisterName(i);
break;
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
if (coloringFailed) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring failed:\n"));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill spill: "));
spill.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
} else {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring succeeded:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d colored as %d\n", i, color[i]));
}
#endif
return !coloringFailed;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
RegisterName* Coloring<RegisterPressure>::simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack)
{
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
SpillCost* spillCost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
Uint32* degree = new Uint32[rangeCount];
for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(1); i < rangeCount; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) {
InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(i);
degree[i] = (vector != NULL) ? vector->count : 0;
}
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet low(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet high(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet highInfinite(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet preColored(pool, rangeCount);
// Get the precolored registers.
//
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
if (machinePtr->id != invalidID)
preColored.set(name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]);
// Insert the live ranges in the sets.
//
for (Uint32 range = 1; range < rangeCount; range++)
if (!preColored.test(range))
if (degree[range] < 6) // FIX
low.set(range);
else if (!spillCost[range].infinite)
high.set(range);
else
highInfinite.set(range);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring sets:\n\tlow = "));
low.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thigh = "));
high.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thighInfinite = "));
highInfinite.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tpreColored = "));
preColored.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
RegisterName* coloringStackPtr = coloringStack;
while (low.getSize() != 0 || high.getSize() != 0) {
while (low.getSize() != 0) {
RegisterName range = RegisterName(low.getOne());
low.clear(range);
*coloringStackPtr++ = range;
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = (vector->count - 1); i >= 0; --i) {
RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
degree[neighbor]--;
if (degree[neighbor] < 6) // FIX
if (high.test(neighbor)) {
high.clear(neighbor);
low.set(neighbor);
} else if (highInfinite.test(neighbor)) {
highInfinite.clear(neighbor);
low.set(neighbor);
}
}
}
if (high.getSize() != 0) {
RegisterName best = RegisterName(high.getOne());
double bestCost = spillCost[best].cost;
double bestDegree = degree[best];
// Choose the next best candidate.
//
for (SparseSet::iterator i = high.begin(); !high.done(i); i = high.advance(i)) {
RegisterName range = RegisterName(high.get(i));
double thisCost = spillCost[range].cost;
double thisDegree = degree[range];
if (thisCost * bestDegree < bestCost * thisDegree) {
best = range;
bestCost = thisCost;
bestDegree = thisDegree;
}
}
high.clear(best);
low.set(best);
}
}
assert(highInfinite.getSize() == 0);
delete degree;
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring stack:\n\t"));
for (RegisterName* sp = coloringStack; sp < coloringStackPtr; ++sp)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d ", *sp));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
return coloringStackPtr;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
RegisterName* coloringStack = new RegisterName[registerAllocator.rangeCount];
return select(registerAllocator, coloringStack, simplify(registerAllocator, coloringStack));
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "DominatorGraph.h"
DominatorGraph::DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph) : controlGraph(controlGraph)
{
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
GtoV = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
VtoG = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
Uint32 v = 1;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
VtoG[v] = n;
GtoV[n] = v++;
}
// Initialize all the 1-based arrays.
//
parent = new Uint32[v];
semi = new Uint32[v];
vertex = new Uint32[v];
label = new Uint32[v];
size = new Uint32[v];
ancestor = new Uint32[v];
child = new Uint32[v];
dom = new Uint32[v];
bucket = new DGLinkedList*[v];
memset(semi, '\0', v * sizeof(Uint32));
memset(bucket, '\0', v * sizeof(DGLinkedList*));
vCount = v;
build();
delete parent;
delete semi;
delete vertex;
delete label;
delete size;
delete ancestor;
delete child;
delete dom;
delete bucket;
}
Uint32 DominatorGraph::DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n)
{
semi[vx] = ++n;
vertex[n] = label[vx] = vx;
ancestor[vx] = child[vx] = 0;
size[vx] = 1;
ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[vx]];
ControlEdge* successorEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorPtr < successorEnd; successorPtr++) {
Uint32 w = GtoV[successorPtr->getTarget().dfsNum];
if (semi[w] == 0) {
parent[w] = vx;
n = DFS(w, n);
}
}
return n;
}
void DominatorGraph::LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w)
{
Uint32 s = w;
while (semi[label[w]] < semi[label[child[s]]]) {
if (size[s] + size[child[child[s]]] >= (size[child[s]] << 1)) {
ancestor[child[s]] = s;
child[s] = child[child[s]];
} else {
size[child[s]] = size[s];
s = ancestor[s] = child[s];
}
}
label[s] = label[w];
size[vx] += size[w];
if(size[vx] < (size[w] << 1)) {
Uint32 t = s;
s = child[vx];
child[vx] = t;
}
while( s != 0 ) {
ancestor[s] = vx;
s = child[s];
}
}
void DominatorGraph::COMPRESS(Uint32 vx)
{
if(ancestor[ancestor[vx]] != 0) {
COMPRESS(ancestor[vx]);
if(semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] < semi[label[vx]])
label[vx] = label[ancestor[vx]];
ancestor[vx] = ancestor[ancestor[vx]];
}
}
Uint32 DominatorGraph::EVAL(Uint32 vx)
{
if(ancestor[vx] == 0)
return label[vx];
COMPRESS(vx);
return (semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] >= semi[label[vx]]) ? label[vx] : label[ancestor[vx]];
}
void DominatorGraph::build()
{
Uint32 n = DFS(GtoV[0], 0);
size[0] = label[0] = semi[0];
for (Uint32 i = n; i >= 2; i--) {
Uint32 w = vertex[i];
ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[w]];
const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p)) {
Uint32 vx = GtoV[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum];
Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
if(semi[u] < semi[w])
semi[w] = semi[u];
}
DGLinkedList* elem = new DGLinkedList();
elem->next = bucket[vertex[semi[w]]];
elem->index = w;
bucket[vertex[semi[w]]] = elem;
LINK(parent[w], w);
elem = bucket[parent[w]];
while(elem != NULL) {
Uint32 vx = elem->index;
Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
dom[vx] = (semi[u] < semi[vx]) ? u : parent[w];
elem = elem->next;
}
}
memset(size, '\0', n * sizeof(Uint32));
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
nodes = new(pool) DGNode[n];
for(Uint32 j = 2; j <= n; j++) {
Uint32 w = vertex[j];
Uint32 d = dom[w];
if(d != vertex[semi[w]]) {
d = dom[d];
dom[w] = d;
}
size[d]++;
}
dom[GtoV[0]] = 0;
for (Uint32 k = 1; k <= n; k++) {
DGNode& node = nodes[VtoG[k]];
Uint32 count = size[k];
node.successorsEnd = node.successorsBegin = (count) ? new(pool) Uint32[count] : (Uint32*) 0;
}
for (Uint32 l = 2; l <= n; l++)
*(nodes[VtoG[dom[l]]].successorsEnd)++ = VtoG[l];
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void DominatorGraph::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Dominator Graph:\n"));
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < nNodes; i++) {
DGNode& node = nodes[i];
if (node.successorsBegin != node.successorsEnd) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tN%d dominates ", i));
for (Uint32* successorsPtr = node.successorsBegin; successorsPtr < node.successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d ", *successorsPtr));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
#define _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
#include "LogModule.h"
class ControlGraph;
struct DGNode
{
Uint32* successorsBegin;
Uint32* successorsEnd;
};
struct DGLinkedList
{
DGLinkedList* next;
Uint32 index;
};
class DominatorGraph
{
private:
ControlGraph& controlGraph;
Uint32 vCount;
Uint32* VtoG;
Uint32* GtoV;
Uint32* parent;
Uint32* semi;
Uint32* vertex;
Uint32* label;
Uint32* size;
Uint32* ancestor;
Uint32* child;
Uint32* dom;
DGLinkedList** bucket;
DGNode* nodes;
private:
void build();
Uint32 DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n);
void LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w);
void COMPRESS(Uint32 vx);
Uint32 EVAL(Uint32 vx);
public:
DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph);
Uint32* getSuccessorsBegin(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsBegin;}
Uint32* getSuccessorsEnd(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsEnd;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
#endif // _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashSet.h"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _HASH_SET_H_
#define _HASH_SET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include <string.h>
struct HashSetElement
{
Uint32 index;
HashSetElement* next;
};
class HashSet
{
private:
static const hashSize = 64;
// Return the hash code for the given element index.
static Uint32 getHashCode(Uint32 index) {return index & (hashSize - 1);} // Could be better !
private:
Pool& allocationPool;
HashSetElement** bucket;
HashSetElement* free;
private:
// No copy constructor.
HashSet(const HashSet&);
// No copy operator.
void operator = (const HashSet&);
public:
// Create a new HashSet.
inline HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize);
// Clear the hashset.
void clear();
// Clear the element for the given index.
void clear(Uint32 index);
// Set the element for the given index.
void set(Uint32 index);
// Return true if the element at index is a member.
bool test(Uint32 index) const;
// Union with the given hashset.
inline void or(const HashSet& set);
// Intersection with the given hashset.
inline void and(const HashSet& set);
// Difference with the given hashset.
inline void difference(const HashSet& set);
// Logical operators.
HashSet& operator |= (const HashSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
HashSet& operator &= (const HashSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
HashSet& operator -= (const HashSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef HashSetElement* iterator;
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const;
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const;
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == NULL;}
};
inline HashSet::HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 /*universeSize*/)
: allocationPool(pool), free(NULL)
{
bucket = new(pool) HashSetElement*[hashSize];
memset(bucket, '\0', sizeof(HashSetElement*));
}
#endif // _HASH_SET_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _INDEXED_POOL_H_
#define _INDEXED_POOL_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedPool<IndexedObjectSubclass> is an indexed pool of objects. The
// template parameter 'IndexedObjectSubclass' must be a subclass of the struct
// IndexedObject.
//
// When the indexed pool is ask to allocate and initialize a new object (using
// the operator new(anIndexedPool) it will zero the memory used to store the
// object and initialize the field 'index' of this object to its position in
// the pool.
//
// An object allocated by the indexed pool can be freed by calling the method
// IndexedPool::release(IndexedElement& objectIndex).
//
// example:
//
// IndexedPool<IndexedElement> elementPool;
//
// IndexedElement& element1 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
// IndexedElement& element2 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
//
// indexedPool.release(element1);
// IndexedElement& element3 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
//
// At this point element1 is no longer a valid object, element2 is at
// index 2 and element3 is at index 1.
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedObject -
//
template<class Object>
struct IndexedObject
{
Uint32 index; // Index in the pool.
Object* next; // Used to link IndexedObject together.
Uint32 getIndex() {return index;}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedPool<IndexedObject> -
//
template <class IndexedObject>
class IndexedPool
{
private:
static const blockSize = 4; // Size of one block.
Uint32 nBlocks; // Number of blocks in the pool.
IndexedObject** block; // Array of block pointers.
IndexedObject* freeObjects; // Chained list of free IndexedObjects.
Uint32 nextIndex; // Index of the next free object in the last block.
private:
void allocateAnotherBlock();
IndexedObject& newObject();
public:
IndexedPool() : nBlocks(0), block(NULL), freeObjects(NULL), nextIndex(1) {}
~IndexedPool();
IndexedObject& get(Uint32 index) const;
void release(IndexedObject& object);
void setSize(Uint32 size) {assert(size < nextIndex); nextIndex = size;}
// Return the universe size.
Uint32 getSize() {return nextIndex;}
friend void* operator new(size_t, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool); // Needs to call newObject().
};
// Free all the memory allocated for this object.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::~IndexedPool()
{
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nBlocks; n++)
free(&((IndexedObject **) &block[n][n*blockSize])[-(n + 1)]);
}
// Release the given. This object will be iserted in the chained
// list of free IndexedObjects. To minimize the fragmentation the chained list
// is ordered by ascending indexes.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::release(IndexedObject& object)
{
Uint32 index = object.index;
IndexedObject* list = freeObjects;
assert(&object == &get(index)); // Make sure that object is owned by this pool.
if (list == NULL) { // The list is empty.
freeObjects = &object;
object.next = NULL;
} else { // The list contains at least 1 element.
if (index < list->index) { // insert as first element.
freeObjects = &object;
object.next = list;
} else { // Find this object's place.
while ((list->next) != NULL && (list->next->index < index))
list = list->next;
object.next = list->next;
list->next = &object;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
// Sanity check to be sure that the list is correctly ordered.
for (IndexedObject* obj = freeObjects; obj != NULL; obj = obj->next)
if (obj->next != NULL)
assert(obj->index < obj->next->index);
#endif
}
// Create a new block of IndexedObjects. We will allocate the memory to
// store IndexedPool::blockSize IndexedObject and the new Array of block
// pointers.
// The newly created IndexedObjects will not be initialized.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::allocateAnotherBlock()
{
void* memory = (void *) malloc((nBlocks + 1) * sizeof(Uint32) + blockSize * sizeof(IndexedObject));
memcpy(memory, block, nBlocks * sizeof(Uint32));
block = (IndexedObject **) memory;
IndexedObject* objects = (IndexedObject *) &block[nBlocks + 1];
block[nBlocks] = &objects[-(nBlocks * blockSize)];
nBlocks++;
}
// Return the IndexedObject at the position 'index' in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::get(Uint32 index) const
{
Uint32 blockIndex = index / blockSize;
assert(blockIndex < nBlocks);
return block[blockIndex][index];
}
// Return the reference of an unused object in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::newObject()
{
if (freeObjects != NULL) {
IndexedObject& newObject = *freeObjects;
freeObjects = newObject.next;
return newObject;
}
Uint32 nextIndex = this->nextIndex++;
Uint32 blockIndex = nextIndex / blockSize;
while (blockIndex >= nBlocks)
allocateAnotherBlock();
IndexedObject& newObject = block[blockIndex][nextIndex];
newObject.index = nextIndex;
return newObject;
}
// Return the address of the next unsused object in the given
// indexed pool. The field index of the newly allocated object
// will be initialized to the corresponding index of this object
// in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void* operator new(size_t size, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool)
{
assert(size == sizeof(IndexedObject));
return (void *) &pool.newObject();
}
#endif // _INDEXED_POOL_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
#define _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include <string.h>
struct InterferenceVector
{
Uint32 count;
InterferenceVector* next;
RegisterName* neighbors;
InterferenceVector() : count(0), next(NULL) {}
};
class RegisterAllocator;
template <class RegisterPressure>
class InterferenceGraph
{
private:
RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator;
RegisterPressure::Set* interferences;
InterferenceVector** vector;
Uint32* offset;
Uint32 rangeCount;
private:
// No copy constructor.
InterferenceGraph(const InterferenceGraph&);
// No copy operator.
void operator = (const InterferenceGraph&);
// Check if reg is a member of the universe.
void checkMember(RegisterName name) {assert(name < rangeCount);}
// Return the edge index for the interference between name1 and name2.
Uint32 getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
public:
InterferenceGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
// Calculate the interferences.
void build();
// Return true if reg1 and reg2 interfere.
bool interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
// Return the interference vector for the given register or NULL if there is none.
InterferenceVector* getInterferenceVector(RegisterName name) {return vector[name];}
// Set the interference between name1 and name2.
void setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
// Set the interference vector for the given register.
void setInterferenceVector(RegisterName name, InterferenceVector* v) {vector[name] = v;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the interferences.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
// Initialize the structures.
//
offset = new(pool) Uint32[rangeCount + 1];
vector = new(pool) InterferenceVector*[rangeCount];
memset(vector, '\0', sizeof(InterferenceVector*) * rangeCount);
Uint32 o = 0;
offset[0] = 0;
for (Uint32 i = 1; i <= rangeCount; ++i) {
offset[i] = o;
o += i;
}
interferences = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, (rangeCount * rangeCount) / 2);
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness = Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, rangeCount, name2range);
registerAllocator.liveness = liveness;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
// Handle the copy instruction to avoid unnecessary interference between the 2 registers.
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
}
// Create the interferences.
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator e = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(e); e = currentLive.advance(e)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(e));
if ((live != define) && !interfere(live, define) && registerAllocator.canInterfere(live, define)) {
if (vector[define] == NULL)
vector[define] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
vector[define]->count++;
if (vector[live] == NULL)
vector[live] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
vector[live]->count++;
setInterference(live, define);
}
}
}
// Now update the liveness.
//
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
// Allocate the memory to store the interferences.
//
for (Uint32 e = 0; e < rangeCount; e++)
if (vector[e] != NULL) {
InterferenceVector& v = *vector[e];
v.neighbors = new(pool) RegisterName[v.count];
v.count = 0;
}
// Initialize the edges.
//
if (RegisterPressure::Set::isOrdered()) {
RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(0);
for (RegisterPressure::Set::iterator i = interferences->begin(); !interferences->done(i); i = interferences->advance(i)) {
Uint32 interferenceIndex = interferences->get(i);
while(interferenceIndex >= offset[name1 + 1])
name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1);
assert((interferenceIndex >= offset[name1]) && (interferenceIndex < offset[name1 + 1]));
RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(interferenceIndex - offset[name1]);
assert(interfere(name1, name2));
InterferenceVector& vector1 = *vector[name1];
vector1.neighbors[vector1.count++] = name2;
InterferenceVector& vector2 = *vector[name2];
vector2.neighbors[vector2.count++] = name1;
}
} else {
trespass("not Implemented"); // FIX: need one more pass to initialize the vectors.
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
Uint32 InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
checkMember(name1); checkMember(name2);
assert(name1 != name2); // This is not possible.
return (name1 < name2) ? offset[name2] + name1 : offset[name1] + name2;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
interferences->set(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
return interferences->test(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Vectors:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
if (vector[i] != NULL) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d: (", i));
for (InterferenceVector* v = vector[i]; v != NULL; v = v->next)
for (Uint32 j = 0; j < v->count; j++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", v->neighbors[j]));
if (v->next != NULL || j != (v->count - 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (","));
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (")\n"));
}
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Matrix:\n"));
for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && interfere(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_H_
#define _LIVE_RANGE_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct LiveRange
{
static void build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRange<RegisterPressure>::build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
// Intialize the lookup table.
//
Uint32 nameCount = registerAllocator.nameCount;
RegisterName* nameTable = new(registerAllocator.pool) RegisterName[2*nameCount];
RegisterName* rangeName = &nameTable[nameCount];
init(rangeName, nameCount);
// Walk the graph.
//
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
SparseSet destination(registerAllocator.pool, nameCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
destination.clear();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
destination.set(findRoot(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName(), rangeName));
}
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName destinationName = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
RegisterName destinationRoot = findRoot(destinationName, rangeName);
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
assert(usePtr->isRegister());
RegisterName sourceName = usePtr->getRegisterName();
RegisterName sourceRoot = findRoot(sourceName, rangeName);
if (sourceRoot != destinationRoot && !destination.test(sourceRoot))
rangeName[sourceRoot] = destinationRoot;
}
}
}
registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, rangeName, nameCount, nameCount);
}
#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
#define _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
class RegisterAllocator;
template <class RegisterPressure>
class LiveRangeGraph
{
private:
RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator;
RegisterPressure::Set* edges;
Uint32 rangeCount;
public:
//
//
LiveRangeGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
//
//
void build();
//
//
void addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
//
//
bool haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
//
//
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
edges = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, rangeCount * rangeCount);
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>& liveness = registerAllocator.liveness;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
if (define != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(define, live))
addEdge(define, live);
}
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName use = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
if (use != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(use, live))
addEdge(use, live);
}
}
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
assert(name1 != name2);
edges->set(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
assert(name1 != name2);
return edges->test(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Live ranges graph:\n"));
for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && haveEdge(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Liveness.h"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVENESS_H_
#define _LIVENESS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LivenessInfo -
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct LivenessInfo
{
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(Uint32 size);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Liveness
//
// The liveness is defined by the following data-flow equations:
//
// LiveIn(n) = LocalLive(n) U (LiveOut(n) - Killed(n)).
// LiveOut(n) = U LiveIn(s) (s a successor of n).
//
// where LocalLive(n) is the set of used registers in the block n, Killed(n)
// is the set of defined registers in the block n, LiveIn(n) is the set of
// live registers at the begining of the block n and LiveOut(n) is the set
// of live registers at the end of the block n.
//
//
// We will compute the liveness analysis in two stages:
//
// 1- Build LocalLive(n) (wich is an approximation of LiveIn(n)) and Killed(n)
// for each block n.
// 2- Perform a backward data-flow analysis to propagate the liveness information
// through the entire control-flow graph.
//
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Liveness
{
static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range);
static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Allocate the temporary sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
// Allocate the globals sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
//
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
//
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
Uint32 index = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!currentKilled.test(index))
currentLocalLive.set(index);
}
// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentKilled.set(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire
// control-flow graph.
//
RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, rangeCount);
bool changed;
do {
changed = false;
// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
if (nSuccessors != 0) {
temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
} else
temp.clear();
// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
// new LiveIn(n).
if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
currentLiveOut = temp;
temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
temp |= currentLiveIn;
if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
currentLiveIn = temp;
changed = true;
}
}
}
} while(changed);
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
return liveness;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Allocate the temporary sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* usedByPhiNodes = NULL;
// Allocate the globals sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
//
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
if ((usedByPhiNodes == NULL) && !phiNodes.empty())
usedByPhiNodes = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionDefine& define = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
currentKilled.set(define.getRegisterName());
typedef DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge> ControlEdgeList;
const ControlEdgeList& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
ControlEdgeList::iterator p = predecessors.begin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++, p = predecessors.advance(p))
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usedByPhiNodes[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum].set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
}
// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
//
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
Uint32 index = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (!currentKilled.test(index))
currentLocalLive.set(index);
}
// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentKilled.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
}
// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire
// control-flow graph.
//
RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, nameCount);
bool changed;
do {
changed = false;
// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
if (nSuccessors != 0) {
temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
} else
temp.clear();
// Insert the phiNodes contribution.
if (usedByPhiNodes != NULL)
temp |= usedByPhiNodes[n];
// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
// new LiveIn(n).
if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
currentLiveOut = temp;
temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
temp |= currentLiveIn;
if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
currentLiveIn = temp;
changed = true;
}
}
}
} while(changed);
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
return liveness;
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < size; n++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Node N%d:\n\tliveIn = ", n));
liveIn[n].printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tliveOut = "));
liveOut[n].printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _LIVENESS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
#! gmake
DEPTH = ../..
MODULE_NAME = RegisterAllocator
include $(DEPTH)/config/config.mk
INCLUDES += \
-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/General \
-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/zlib \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassReader \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/NativeMethods \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/System \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassInfo \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/FileReader \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/PrimitiveGraph \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/FrontEnd \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/Optimizer \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md/$(CPU_ARCH) \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/RegisterAllocator \
-I$(DEPTH)/Driver/StandAloneJava \
-I$(DEPTH)/Debugger \
$(NULL)
CXXSRCS = \
RegisterAllocator.cpp \
RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp \
DominatorGraph.cpp \
VirtualRegister.cpp \
BitSet.cpp \
SparseSet.cpp \
$(NULL)
include $(DEPTH)/config/rules.mk
libs:: $(MODULE)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
#define _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "DominatorGraph.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include <string.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterNameNode -
struct RegisterNameNode
{
RegisterNameNode* next;
RegisterName newName;
Uint32 nextPushed;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CopyData -
struct CopyData
{
RegisterName source;
RegisterClassKind classKind;
Uint32 useCount;
bool isLiveOut;
RegisterName sourceNameToUse;
RegisterName temporaryName;
RegisterNameNode* newName;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure> -
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct PhiNodeRemover
{
// Replace the phi nodes by copy instructions.
static void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
};
// Split some of the critical edges and return true if there are still some
// in the graph after that.
//
static bool splitCriticalEdges(ControlGraph& /*cg*/)
{
// FIX: not implemented.
return true;
}
inline void pushName(Pool& pool, RegisterNameNode** stack, SparseSet& pushed, Uint32* nodeListPointer, RegisterName oldName, RegisterName newName)
{
RegisterNameNode& newNode = *new(pool) RegisterNameNode();
if (pushed.test(oldName))
(*stack)->newName = newName;
else {
newNode.newName = newName;
newNode.nextPushed = *nodeListPointer;
*nodeListPointer = oldName;
newNode.next = *stack;
*stack = &newNode;
pushed.set(oldName);
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Initialize the local variables.
//
// When we insert the copies we will also need to create new VirtualRegisters for
// the insertion of temporaries. The maximum number of temporary register will not
// exceed the number of phiNodes in the primitive graph.
Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
Uint32 maxNameCount = nameCount;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++)
maxNameCount += nodes[n]->getPhiNodes().length();
// If the CFG contains some critical edges (backward edge which source has more than one
// outgoing edge and destination has more than one incomimg edge) then we need the liveness
// information to be able to insert temporary copies.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = NULL;
if (splitCriticalEdges(controlGraph))
liveOut = Liveness<LowRegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, nameCount).liveOut;
DominatorGraph dGraph(controlGraph);
SparseSet pushed(pool, maxNameCount);
SparseSet destinationList(pool, maxNameCount);
SparseSet workList(pool, maxNameCount);
CopyData* copyStats = new(pool) CopyData[maxNameCount];
memset(copyStats, '\0', maxNameCount*sizeof(CopyData));
struct NodeStack {
Uint32* next;
Uint32* limit;
Uint32 pushedList;
};
// Allocate the node stack and initialize the node stack pointer.
NodeStack* nodeStack = new(pool) NodeStack[nNodes + 1];
NodeStack* nodeStackPtr = nodeStack;
// We start by the begin node.
Uint32 startNode = 0;
Uint32* next = &startNode;
Uint32* limit = &startNode + 1;
while (true) {
if (next == limit) {
// If there are no more node in the sibling, we have to pop the current
// frame from the stack and update the copyStats of the pushed nodes.
//
if (nodeStackPtr == nodeStack)
// We are at the bottom of the stack and there are no more nodes
// to look at. We are done !
break;
--nodeStackPtr;
// We are done with all the children of this node in the dominator tree.
// We need to update the copy information of all the new names pushed
// during the walk over this node.
Uint32 pushedList = nodeStackPtr->pushedList;
while (pushedList != 0) {
Uint32 nextName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->nextPushed;
copyStats[pushedList].newName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->next;
pushedList = nextName;
}
// restore the previous frame.
next = nodeStackPtr->next;
limit = nodeStackPtr->limit;
} else {
Uint32 currentNode = *next++;
Uint32 pushedList = 0;
// Initialize the sets.
pushed.clear();
destinationList.clear();
// STEP1:
// Walk the instruction list and to replace all the instruction uses with their new name.
// If the instruction is a phi node and its defined register is alive at the end of this
// block then we push the defined register into the stack.
//
ControlNode& node = *nodes[currentNode];
RegisterPressure::Set* currentLiveOut = (liveOut != NULL) ? &liveOut[currentNode] : (RegisterPressure::Set*) 0;
InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
assert(usePtr->isRegister());
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
}
if (currentLiveOut != NULL) {
// This is a phi node and we have to push its defined name if it is live
// at the end of the node. We only need to do this if the CFG has critical edges.
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName name = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
if (currentLiveOut->test(name))
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[name].newName), pushed, &pushedList, name, name);
}
}
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
}
}
// STEP2:
// Look at this node's successors' phiNodes. We keep track of the number of time
// a VR will be used by another copy instruction and insert each definition into the
// destinationList. This is the only pass over this node's successors as we will
// get all the information we need in the CopyData structures.
//
ControlEdge* successorEdgeEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorEdgePtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorEdgePtr < successorEdgeEnd; successorEdgePtr++) {
Uint32 useIndex = successorEdgePtr->getIndex();
ControlNode& successor = successorEdgePtr->getTarget();
// Look at its phi nodes. The phi nodes are at the top of the instruction list. We exit
// as soon as we find an instruction which is not a phi node
InstructionList& phiNodes = successor.getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
assert((phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin() + useIndex) < phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd());
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd());
InstructionUse& source = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin()[useIndex];
InstructionDefine& destination = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
assert(source.isRegister() && destination.isRegister());
RegisterName sourceName = source.getRegisterName();
RegisterName destinationName = destination.getRegisterName();
// Get the correct name for the source.
if (copyStats[sourceName].newName != NULL)
sourceName = copyStats[sourceName].newName->newName;
// Update the CopyData structures.
if ((sourceName != rnInvalid) && (sourceName != destinationName)) {
copyStats[destinationName].source = sourceName;
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = destination.getRegisterClass();
copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = (currentLiveOut != NULL) ? currentLiveOut->test(destinationName) : false;
copyStats[destinationName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = sourceName;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount++;
destinationList.set(destinationName);
}
}
}
// STEP3:
// Insert into the worklist only the destination registers that will be not used in
// another copy instruction in this block.
//
assert(workList.getSize() == 0);
for (SparseSet::iterator d = destinationList.begin(); !destinationList.done(d); d = destinationList.advance(d)) {
Uint32 dest = destinationList.get(d);
if (copyStats[dest].useCount == 0)
workList.set(dest);
}
// STEP4:
// Insert the copy instructions.
//
Uint32 destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
InstructionList::iterator endOfTheNode = instructions.end();
// Find the right place to insert the copy instructions.
if (destinationListSize != 0)
while (instructions.get(endOfTheNode).getFlags() & ifControl)
endOfTheNode = instructions.retreat(endOfTheNode);
while (destinationListSize != 0) {
while(workList.getSize()) {
RegisterName destinationName = RegisterName(workList.getOne());
RegisterName sourceName = copyStats[destinationName].source;
workList.clear(destinationName);
if (copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut && !copyStats[destinationName].temporaryName) {
// Lost copy problem.
copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = false;
RegisterName sourceName = destinationName;
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
RegisterName destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
// We need to insert a copy to a temporary register to keep the
// source register valid at the end of the node defining it.
// This copy will be inserted right after the phi node defining it.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
Instruction* definingPhiNode = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction();
assert(definingPhiNode && (definingPhiNode->getFlags() & ifPhiNode) != 0);
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*definingPhiNode->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
definingPhiNode->getPrimitive()->getContainer()->getInstructions().addFirst(copy);
copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
}
// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[destinationName].classKind;
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
if (destinationList.test(sourceName) && copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut)
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
if (destinationList.test(sourceName))
workList.set(sourceName);
destinationList.clear(destinationName);
}
destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
if (destinationListSize != 0) {
RegisterName sourceName = RegisterName(destinationList.getOne());
RegisterName destinationName;
if (!copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName) {
// Cycle problem.
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
} else
destinationName = copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
workList.set(sourceName);
}
}
nodeStackPtr->pushedList = pushedList;
nodeStackPtr->next = next;
nodeStackPtr->limit = limit;
++nodeStackPtr;
next = dGraph.getSuccessorsBegin(currentNode);
limit = dGraph.getSuccessorsEnd(currentNode);
}
}
}
#endif // _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "PhiNodeRemover.h"
#include "LiveRange.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
#include "Coalescing.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Coloring.h"
#include "Splits.h"
class Pool;
class ControlGraph;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
class InstructionEmitter;
UT_DEFINE_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
void RegisterAllocator::allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
// Insert the phi node instructions. We want to do this to have a single defined register per instruction.
// If we keep the PhiNode (as a DataNode) and a PhiNode is of DoubleWordKind then we have to execute
// some special code for the high word annotation.
//
RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(controlGraph, emitter);
// Perform some tests on the instruction graph.
//
DEBUG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(controlGraph, vrManager));
// Replace the phi node instructions by their equivalent copy instructions.
//
PhiNodeRemover<LowRegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
// Do the register allocation.
//
RegisterAllocator registerAllocator(pool, controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
registerAllocator.doGraphColoring();
}
void RegisterAllocator::doGraphColoring()
{
// Initialize the liverange map.
//
initLiveRanges();
// Build the live ranges. We do this to compress the number of RegisterNames
// used in the insterference graph.
//
LiveRange<LowRegisterPressure>::build(*this);
// Remove unnecessary copies.
//
RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(*this);
for (Uint8 loop = 0; loop < 10; loop++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********* RegisterAllocator loop %d *********\n", loop));
while(true) {
// Build the interference graph.
//
iGraph.build();
// Coalesce the copy instructions.
//
if (!Coalescing<LowRegisterPressure>::coalesce(*this))
break;
}
// Print the interference graph.
//
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(iGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
// Calculate the spill costs.
//
Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(*this);
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(*this));
// Calculate the split costs.
//
Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(*this);
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(*this));
// Build the live range graph.
//
lGraph.build();
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(lGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
// Color the graph. If it succeeds then we're done with the
// register allocation.
//
if (Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::color(*this)) {
// Write the final colors in the instruction graph.
//
Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::finalColoring(*this);
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********** RegisterAllocator done **********\n"));
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this));
return;
}
// We need to spill some registers.
//
Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(*this);
// Insert the split instructions.
//
Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(*this);
// Update the live ranges.
//
// FIX
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(*this);
RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this);
#endif
fprintf(stderr, "!!! Coloring failed after 10 loops !!!\n");
abort();
}
void RegisterAllocator::initLiveRanges()
{
Uint32 count = this->nameCount;
RegisterName* name2range = new(pool) RegisterName[nameCount];
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < count; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
name2range[r] = r;
this->name2range = name2range;
rangeCount = count;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
class Pool;
class ControlGraph;
class InstructionEmitter;
struct SpillCost;
struct SplitCost;
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h" // This should included by Backend.cpp
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
//template <class RegisterPressure>
class RegisterAllocator
{
public:
Pool& pool; //
ControlGraph& controlGraph; //
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager; //
InstructionEmitter& emitter; //
RegisterName* name2range; //
RegisterName* color; //
SpillCost* spillCost; //
SparseSet* willSpill; //
SplitCost* splitCost; //
NameLinkedList** splitAround; //
InterferenceGraph<LowRegisterPressure> iGraph; //
LiveRangeGraph<LowRegisterPressure> lGraph; //
LivenessInfo<LowRegisterPressure> liveness; //
Uint32 nameCount; //
Uint32 rangeCount; //
bool splitFound; //
private:
//
//
void doGraphColoring();
public:
//
//
inline RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
//
//
bool canInterfere(RegisterName /*name1*/, RegisterName /*name2*/) const {return true;}
//
//
void initLiveRanges();
//
//
static void allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
};
//
//
inline RegisterAllocator::RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
: pool(pool), controlGraph(controlGraph), vrManager(vrManager), emitter(emitter), iGraph(*this), lGraph(*this), nameCount(vrManager.getSize()) {}
#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Splits.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
#ifdef DEBUG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
{
// Test the declared VirtualRegisters. The register allocator tries to condense the register universe.
// Any gap in the VirtualRegister names will be a loss of efficiency !!!!
Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
BitSet registerSeen(controlGraph.pool, nameCount);
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
}
bool renameRegisters = false;
for (BitSet::iterator i = registerSeen.nextZero(0); !registerSeen.done(i); i = registerSeen.nextZero(i)) {
renameRegisters = true;
fprintf(stderr,
"WARNING: The VirtualRegister vr%d has been allocated during CodeGeneration but\n"
" is never used nor defined by any instruction in the instruction graph\n"
" PLEASE FIX \n",
i);
}
if (renameRegisters) {
Instruction** definingInstruction = new Instruction*[nameCount];
memset(definingInstruction, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(Instruction*));
RegisterName* newName = new RegisterName[nameCount];
memset(newName, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(RegisterName));
RegisterName nextName = RegisterName(1);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
}
}
vrManager.setSize(nextName);
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < nextName; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(r).definingInstruction = definingInstruction[r];
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("RegisterMap:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < nameCount; i++)
if (newName[i] != 0)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d becomes vr%d.\n", i, newName[i]));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d is dead.\n", i));
delete newName;
delete definingInstruction;
}
}
#endif // DEBUG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i);) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
i = instructions.advance(i);
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
RegisterName destination = name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
if (source == destination)
instruction.remove();
}
}
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodes();
if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
// Set the index of the incoming edges.
Uint32 index = 0;
const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p))
predecessors.get(p).setIndex(index++);
// Insert the phi node instruction in the instruction list.
for (DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
PhiNode& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
ValueKind kind = phiNode.getKind();
if (!isStorableKind(kind))
continue;
RegisterClassKind classKind = rckGeneral; // FIX: get class kind from phi node kind.
Uint32 nInputs = phiNode.nInputs();
PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drLow);
for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drLow);
node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
if (isDoublewordKind(kind)) {
PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drHigh);
for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drHigh);
node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
}
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Spill costs:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : ", i));
if (cost[i].infinite)
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("infinite\n"));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%f\n", cost[i].cost));
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
SplitCost* cost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Split costs:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : loads = %f stores = %f\n", i, cost[i].loads, cost[i].stores));
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
ControlNode** nodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d:\n", n));
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" PhiNodes:\n", n));
for(InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
phiNodes.get(i).printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
if (!instructions.empty())
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" Instructions:\n", n));
}
for(InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
instructions.get(i).printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
// -*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
//
// CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
// NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
// Reserved. Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
// intended publication of this Source Code.
//
// $Id: RegisterAllocatorTools.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:05 fur%netscape.com Exp $
//
#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#include <string.h>
class RegisterAllocator;
class ControlGraph;
class InstructionEmitter;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
struct RegisterAllocatorTools
{
//
//
static void insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
//
//
static void updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
#ifdef DEBUG
//
//
static void testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
#endif // DEBUG
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
//
//
static void printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
//
// FIX: this should go in a class (LookupTable ?)
//
inline RegisterName findRoot(RegisterName name, RegisterName* table)
{
RegisterName* stack = table;
RegisterName* stackPtr = stack;
RegisterName newName;
while((newName = table[name]) != name) {
*--stackPtr = name;
name = newName;
}
while (stackPtr != stack)
table[*stackPtr++] = name;
return name;
}
inline void init(RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount)
{
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(0); r < nameCount; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
table[r] = r;
}
inline Uint32 compress(RegisterName* name2range, RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount, Uint32 tableSize)
{
RegisterName* liveRange = new RegisterName[tableSize];
memset(liveRange, '\0', tableSize * sizeof(RegisterName));
// Update the lookup table.
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < tableSize; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
findRoot(r, table);
// Count the liveranges.
Uint32 liveRangeCount = 1;
for (RegisterName s = RegisterName(1); s < tableSize; s = RegisterName(s + 1))
if (table[s] == s)
liveRange[s] = RegisterName(liveRangeCount++);
for (RegisterName t = RegisterName(1); t < nameCount; t = RegisterName(t + 1))
name2range[t] = liveRange[table[name2range[t]]];
return liveRangeCount;
}
inline double doLog10(Uint32 power)
{
double log = 1.0;
while (power--)
log *= 10.0;
return log;
}
#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
#define _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
class FastBitMatrix;
class RegisterAssigner
{
protected:
VirtualRegisterManager& vRegManager;
public:
RegisterAssigner(VirtualRegisterManager& vrMan) : vRegManager(vrMan) {}
virtual bool assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix) = 0;
};
#endif /* _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
#define _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#endif // _REGISTER_CLASS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
#define _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
#include "BitSet.h"
#include "HashSet.h"
struct LowRegisterPressure
{
typedef BitSet Set;
static const bool setIsOrdered = true;
};
struct HighRegisterPressure
{
typedef HashSet Set;
static const bool setIsOrdered = false;
};
#endif // _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
#define _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterName -
//
enum RegisterName {
rnInvalid = 0,
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterClassKind -
//
enum RegisterClassKind {
rckInvalid = 0,
rckGeneral,
rckStackSlot,
nRegisterClassKind
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterID -
//
enum RegisterID {
invalidID = 0
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterKind -
//
enum RegisterKind {
rkCallerSave = 0,
rkCalleeSave,
};
struct NameLinkedList {
RegisterName name;
NameLinkedList* next;
};
#ifdef DEBUG
const registerNameMask = 0x03ffffff;
const coloredRegisterMask = 0x04000000;
const machineRegisterMask = 0x08000000;
const registerClassMask = 0xf0000000;
const registerNameShift = 0;
const coloredRegisterShift = 26;
const machineRegisterShift = 27;
const registerClassShift = 28;
#else // DEBUG
const registerNameMask = 0x0fffffff;
const registerClassMask = 0xf0000000;
const registerNameShift = 0;
const registerClassShift = 28;
#endif // DEBUG
inline RegisterClassKind getClass(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterClassKind((registerID & registerClassMask) >> registerClassShift);}
inline RegisterName getName(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterName((registerID & registerNameMask) >> registerNameShift);}
inline void setClass(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterClassKind classKind) {registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerClassMask) | ((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask));}
inline void setName(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterName name) {assert((name & ~registerNameMask) == 0); registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerNameMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
inline RegisterID buildRegisterID(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind) {return RegisterID(((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
#ifdef DEBUG
inline bool isMachineRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & machineRegisterMask) != 0;}
inline void setMachineRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | machineRegisterMask);}
inline bool isColoredRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & coloredRegisterMask) != 0;}
inline void setColoredRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | coloredRegisterMask);}
#endif // DEBUG
#endif // _REGISTER_TYPES_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "SSATools.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
{
if (!controlGraph.hasBackEdges)
return;
Liveness liveness(controlGraph.pool);
liveness.buildLivenessAnalysis(controlGraph, vrManager);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SSA_TOOLS_H_
#define _SSA_TOOLS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
class ControlGraph;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
extern void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
#endif // _SSA_TOOLS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
//
void SparseSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
Pool pool;
BitSet set(pool, universeSize);
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
set.set(node[i].element);
set.printPretty(log);
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
// -*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
//
// CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
// NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
// Reserved. Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
// intended publication of this Source Code.
//
// $Id: SparseSet.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:07 fur%netscape.com Exp $
//
#ifndef _SPARSE_SET_H_
#define _SPARSE_SET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
class SparseSet
{
private:
struct Node {
Uint32 element;
Uint32 stackIndex;
};
Node* node;
Uint32 count;
Uint32 universeSize;
private:
// No copy constructor.
SparseSet(const SparseSet&);
// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
void checkUniverseCompatibility(const SparseSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
public:
SparseSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {node = new(pool) Node[universeSize]; clear();}
// Clear the sparse set.
void clear() {count = 0;}
// Clear the element at index.
inline void clear(Uint32 index);
// Set the element at index.
inline void set(Uint32 index);
// Return true if the element at index is set.
inline bool test(Uint32 index) const;
// Union with the given sparse set.
inline void or(const SparseSet& set);
// Intersection with the given sparse set.
inline void and(const SparseSet& set);
// Difference with the given sparse set.
inline void difference(const SparseSet& set);
// Copy set.
inline SparseSet& operator = (const SparseSet& set);
inline SparseSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
// Return true if the sparse sets are identical.
friend bool operator == (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
// Return true if the sparse sets are different.
friend bool operator != (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
// Logical operators.
SparseSet& operator |= (const SparseSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
SparseSet& operator &= (const SparseSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
SparseSet& operator -= (const SparseSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef Int32 iterator;
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const {return count - 1;}
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return --pos;}
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos < 0;}
// Return the element for the given iterator;
Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return node[pos].element;}
// Return one element of this set.
Uint32 getOne() const {assert(count > 0); return node[0].element;}
// Return the size of this set.
Uint32 getSize() const {return count;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
inline void SparseSet::clear(Uint32 element)
{
checkMember(element);
Uint32 count = this->count;
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
if ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element)) {
Uint32 stackTop = node[count - 1].element;
node[stackIndex].element = stackTop;
node[stackTop].stackIndex = stackIndex;
this->count = count - 1;
}
}
inline void SparseSet::set(Uint32 element)
{
checkMember(element);
Uint32 count = this->count;
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
if ((stackIndex >= count) || (node[stackIndex].element != element)) {
node[count].element = element;
node[element].stackIndex = count;
this->count = count + 1;
}
}
inline bool SparseSet::test(Uint32 element) const
{
checkMember(element);
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
return ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element));
}
inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const SparseSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Uint32 sourceCount = set.getSize();
Node* node = this->node;
memcpy(node, set.node, sourceCount * sizeof(Node));
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < sourceCount; i++) {
Uint32 element = node[i].element;
node[element].stackIndex = i;
}
count = sourceCount;
return *this;
}
inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
{
// FIX: there's room for optimization here.
assert(universeSize == set.getSize());
clear();
for (Int32 i = set.firstOne(); i != -1; i = set.nextOne(i))
this->set(i);
return *this;
}
#endif // _SPARSE_SET_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
#define INCLUDE_EMITTER
#include "CpuInfo.h"
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
void Spilling::
insertSpillCode(ControlNode** dfsList, Uint32 nNodes)
{
PRUint32 nVirtualRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet currentLive(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
FastBitSet usedInThisInstruction(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
RegisterFifo grNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
RegisterFifo fpNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
for (PRInt32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--)
{
PR_ASSERT(grNeedLoad.empty() & fpNeedLoad.empty());
ControlNode& node = *dfsList[n];
currentLive = node.liveAtEnd;
PRUint32 nGeneralAlive = 0;
PRUint32 nFloatingPointAlive = 0;
// Get the number of registers alive at the end of this node.
for (PRInt32 j = currentLive.firstOne(); j != -1; j = currentLive.nextOne(j))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
{
currentLive.clear(j);
}
else
{
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive++;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive++;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________Begin Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i))
{
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* defPtr;
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) { printf("\n");
// instruction.printPretty(stdout);
// printf("\n"); }
// Handle definitions
for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
currentLive.clear(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive--;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive--;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
// Check for deaths
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
if (!currentLive.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
// This is the last use of this register.
{
currentLive.set(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive++;
while (/*(nGeneralAlive > NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS) &&*/ !grNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 toLoad = grNeedLoad.get();
currentLive.clear(toLoad);
nGeneralAlive--;
VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nReg.releaseSelf();
}
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive++;
while (/*(nFloatingPointAlive > NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS) &&*/ !fpNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 toLoad = fpNeedLoad.get();
currentLive.clear(toLoad);
nFloatingPointAlive--;
VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nReg.releaseSelf();
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
// Handle uses
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
PRUint32 registerIndex = vReg.getRegisterIndex();
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill) {
#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
if (!instruction.switchUseToSpill((usePtr - useBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
#endif
{
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
if (!grNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
{
grNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcInteger);
if (vReg.isPreColored())
alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
/* if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
} */
vReg.setAlias(alias);
vReg.retainSelf();
}
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
if (!fpNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
{
fpNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vReg.getClass());
if (vReg.isPreColored())
alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
/*if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
} */
vReg.setAlias(alias);
vReg.retainSelf();
}
break;
default:
break;
}
usePtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
usedInThisInstruction.set(registerIndex);
vReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction = &instruction;
}
currentLive.clear(registerIndex);
} else { // will not spill
currentLive.set(registerIndex);
}
}
// Handle definitions
for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
if (!instruction.switchDefineToSpill((defPtr - defBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
#endif
{
if (usedInThisInstruction.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
// this virtualRegister was used in this instruction and is also defined. We need to move
// this virtual register to its alias first and then save it to memory.
{
emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(),
vReg.getAlias(), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
defPtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
}
else
{
emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(),
vReg, *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
}
}
}
}
while (!grNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 nl = grNeedLoad.get();
VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev,
nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nlReg.releaseSelf();
}
while (!fpNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 nl = fpNeedLoad.get();
VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev,
nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nlReg.releaseSelf();
}
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________End Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
}
}
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SPILLING_H_
#define _SPILLING_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
template <class RegisterPressure>
class Spilling
{
private:
static void insertStoreAfter(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
static void insertLoadBefore(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
public:
static void calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static void insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
struct SpillCost
{
double loads;
double stores;
double copies;
double cost;
bool infinite;
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet& willSpill = *registerAllocator.willSpill;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
needLoad.clear();
currentLive = liveOut[n];
mustSpill = currentLive;
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i);) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
i = instructions.retreat(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
bool foundLiveDefine = false;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
if (currentLive.test(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
foundLiveDefine = true;
break;
}
} else {
foundLiveDefine = true;
break;
}
if (defineBegin != defineEnd && !foundLiveDefine) {
fprintf(stderr, "!!! Removed instruction because it was only defining unused registers !!!\n");
instruction.remove();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
#ifdef DEBUG
if (needLoad.test(range))
if (!mustSpill.test(range) && registerAllocator.spillCost[range].infinite && willSpill.test(range)) {
fprintf(stderr, "Tried to spill a register with infinite spill cost\n");
abort();
}
#endif // DEBUG
if (willSpill.test(range))
insertStoreAfter(instruction, range);
needLoad.clear(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!currentLive.test(range))
for (SparseSet::iterator r = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(r); r = needLoad.advance(r)) {
RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(r));
if (willSpill.test(load))
insertLoadBefore(instruction, load);
mustSpill.set(load);
}
needLoad.clear();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
currentLive.set(range);
needLoad.set(range);
}
}
for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(l));
if (willSpill.test(load))
insertLoadBefore(instructions.first(), load);
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertLoadBefore(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
{
fprintf(stdout, "will insert load for range %d\n", name);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertStoreAfter(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
{
fprintf(stdout, "will insert store for range %d\n", name);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet alreadyStored(pool, rangeCount); // FIX: should get this from previous spilling.
SpillCost* cost = new SpillCost[rangeCount];
memset(cost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SpillCost));
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
needLoad.clear();
live = liveOut[n];
mustSpill = live;
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (needLoad.test(range))
if (!mustSpill.test(range))
cost[range].infinite = true;
if ((false /* !rematerializable(range) */ || !needLoad.test(range)) && !alreadyStored.test(range))
cost[range].stores += weight;
needLoad.clear(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
if (!live.test(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
Uint32 range = needLoad.get(l);
cost[range].loads += weight;
mustSpill.set(range);
}
needLoad.clear();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
live.set(range);
needLoad.set(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
assert(defineBegin != defineEnd && defineBegin[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
RegisterName destination = name2range[defineBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
cost[source].copies += weight;
cost[destination].copies += weight;
}
}
for (SparseSet::iterator s = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(s); s = needLoad.advance(s))
cost[needLoad.get(s)].loads += weight;
}
for (Uint32 r = 0; r < rangeCount; r++) {
SpillCost& c = cost[r];
c.cost = 2 * (c.loads + c.stores) - c.copies;
}
registerAllocator.spillCost = cost;
}
#endif // _SPILLING_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SPLITS_H_
#define _SPLITS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Splits
{
static void calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static bool findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range);
static void insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
struct SplitCost
{
double loads;
double stores;
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Splits<RegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& /*registerAllocator*/)
{
// FIX
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
NameLinkedList** neighborsWithColor = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[6]; // FIX
memset(neighborsWithColor, '\0', 6 * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >=0; --i) {
RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
RegisterName c = color[neighbor];
if (c < 6) { // FIX
NameLinkedList* node = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
node->name = neighbor;
node->next = neighborsWithColor[c];
neighborsWithColor[c] = node;
}
}
bool splitAroundName = true;
LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>& lGraph = registerAllocator.lGraph;
RegisterName bestColor = RegisterName(6); // FIX
double bestCost = registerAllocator.spillCost[range].cost;
SplitCost* splitCost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(0); i < 6; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) { // FIX
double splitAroundNameCost = 0.0;
bool canSplitAroundName = true;
SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[range];
double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
if (lGraph.haveEdge(neighbor, range)) {
canSplitAroundName = false;
break;
} else
splitAroundNameCost += addedCost;
}
if (canSplitAroundName && splitAroundNameCost < bestCost) {
bestCost = splitAroundNameCost;
bestColor = i;
splitAroundName = true;
}
double splitAroundColorCost = 0.0;
bool canSplitAroundColor = true;
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
if (lGraph.haveEdge(range, neighbor)) {
canSplitAroundColor = false;
break;
} else {
SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[neighbor];
double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
splitAroundColorCost += addedCost;
}
}
if (canSplitAroundColor && splitAroundColorCost < bestCost) {
bestCost = splitAroundColorCost;
bestColor = i;
splitAroundName = false;
}
}
if (bestColor < RegisterName(6)) {
color[range] = bestColor;
registerAllocator.splitFound = true;
NameLinkedList** splitAround = registerAllocator.splitAround;
if (splitAroundName)
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
newNode->name = node->name;
newNode->next = splitAround[range];
splitAround[range] = newNode;
}
else
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
newNode->name = range;
newNode->next = splitAround[neighbor];
splitAround[neighbor] = newNode;
}
trespass("Found a split");
return true;
}
return false;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Splits<RegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
SplitCost* splitCost = new(pool) SplitCost[rangeCount];
memset(splitCost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SplitCost));
SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = registerAllocator.liveness.liveIn;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
live = liveOut[n];
ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++) {
ControlNode& successor = successorsPtr->getTarget();
if (successor.getControlKind() != ckEnd) {
RegisterPressure::Set& successorLiveIn = liveIn[successor.dfsNum];
for (SparseSet::iterator i = live.begin(); !live.done(i); i = live.advance(i)) {
RegisterName name = RegisterName(live.get(i));
if (!successorLiveIn.test(name))
splitCost[name].loads += doLog10(successor.loopDepth);
}
}
}
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
splitCost[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]].stores += weight;
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!live.test(range)) {
if (&instruction != &instructions.last())
splitCost[range].loads += weight;
else {
ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
splitCost[range].loads += doLog10(successorsPtr->getTarget().loopDepth);
}
}
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
live.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
NameLinkedList** splitAround = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[rangeCount];
memset(splitAround, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
registerAllocator.splitAround = splitAround;
registerAllocator.splitCost = splitCost;
registerAllocator.splitFound = false;
}
#endif // _SPLITS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashTable.h"
#include "Timer.h"
#include "Pool.h"
static Pool pool; // Pool for the Timer class.
static HashTable<TimerEntry*> timerEntries(pool); // Timers hashtable.
const nTimersInABlock = 128; // Number of timers in a block.
static PRTime *timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock]; // A block of timers.
static Uint8 nextTimer = 0; // nextAvailableTimer.
//
// Calibrate the call to PR_Now().
//
static PRTime calibrate()
{
PRTime t = PR_Now();
PRTime& a = *new(pool) PRTime();
// Call 10 times the PR_Now() function.
a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now();
a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now();
t = (PR_Now() - t + 9) / 10;
return t;
}
static PRTime adjust = calibrate();
//
// Return the named timer..
//
TimerEntry& Timer::getTimerEntry(const char* name)
{
if (!timerEntries.exists(name)) {
TimerEntry* newEntry = new(pool) TimerEntry();
newEntry->accumulator = 0;
newEntry->running = false;
timerEntries.add(name, newEntry);
}
return *timerEntries[name];
}
//
// Return a reference to a new timer.
//
PRTime& Timer::getNewTimer()
{
if (nextTimer >= nTimersInABlock) {
timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];
nextTimer = 0;
}
return timers[nextTimer++];
}
static Uint32 timersAreFrozen = 0;
//
// Start the named timer.
//
void Timer::start(const char* name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(!timer.running);
timer.accumulator = 0;
timer.running = true;
timer.done = false;
unfreezeTimers();
}
//
// Stop the named timer.
//
void Timer::stop(const char* name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(timer.running);
timer.running = false;
timer.done = true;
unfreezeTimers();
}
//
// Freeze all the running timers.
//
void Timer::freezeTimers()
{
PRTime when = PR_Now() - adjust;
if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
Vector<TimerEntry*> entries = timerEntries;
Uint32 count = entries.size();
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
if (entry.running) {
entry.accumulator += (when - *entry.startTime);
}
}
}
timersAreFrozen++;
}
//
// Unfreeze all the running timers.
//
void Timer::unfreezeTimers()
{
PR_ASSERT(timersAreFrozen != 0);
timersAreFrozen--;
if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
Vector<TimerEntry *> entries = timerEntries;
Uint32 count = entries.size();
PRTime& newStart = getNewTimer();
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
if (entry.running) {
entry.startTime = &newStart;
}
}
newStart = PR_Now();
}
}
//
// Print the named timer in the file f.
//
void Timer::print(FILE* f, const char *name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(timer.done);
PRTime elapsed = timer.accumulator;
if (elapsed >> 32) {
fprintf(f, "[timer %s out of range]\n", name);
} else {
fprintf(f, "[%dus in %s]\n", Uint32(elapsed), name);
}
fflush(f);
unfreezeTimers();
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _TIMER_H_
#define _TIMER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashTable.h"
#include "prtime.h"
//
// Naming convention:
// As the class Timer contains only static methods, the timer's name should start with the
// module name. Otherwise starting 2 timers with the same name will assert.
//
#ifndef NO_TIMER
struct TimerEntry
{
PRTime *startTime; // Current time when we start the timer.
PRTime accumulator; // Time spent in this timer.
bool running; // True if the timer is running.
bool done; // True if the timer was running and was stopped.
};
class Timer
{
private:
// Return the named timer.
static TimerEntry& getTimerEntry(const char* name);
// Return a reference to a new Timer.
static PRTime& getNewTimer();
public:
// Start the timer.
static void start(const char* name);
// Stop the timer.
static void stop(const char* name);
// Freeze all the running timers.
static void freezeTimers();
// Unfreeze all the running timers.
static void unfreezeTimers();
// Print the timer.
static void print(FILE* f, const char *name);
};
inline void startTimer(const char* name) {Timer::start(name);}
inline void stopTimer(const char* name) {Timer::stop(name); Timer::print(stdout, name);}
#define START_TIMER_SAFE Timer::freezeTimers();
#define END_TIMER_SAFE Timer::unfreezeTimers();
#define TIMER_SAFE(x) START_TIMER_SAFE x; END_TIMER_SAFE
#else /* NO_TIMER */
inline void startTimer(const char* /*name*/) {}
inline void stopTimer(const char* /*name*/) {}
#define START_TIMER_SAFE
#define END_TIMER_SAFE
#define TIMER_SAFE(x) x;
#endif /* NO_TIMER */
#endif /* _TIMER_H_ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegister -
#ifdef MANUAL_TEMPLATES
template class IndexedPool<VirtualRegister>;
#endif
// Set the defining instruction.
//
void VirtualRegister::setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& instruction)
{
if (definingInstruction != NULL) {
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) && (definingInstruction->getFlags() & ifPhiNode))
return;
}
definingInstruction = &instruction;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
#define _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "IndexedPool.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#include "RegisterClass.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegister - 24b
class Instruction;
class VirtualRegister : public IndexedObject<VirtualRegister>
{
public:
Instruction* definingInstruction; // Instruction defining this VR.
// Initialize a VR of the given classKind.
VirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind /*classKind*/) : definingInstruction(NULL) {}
// Return the defining instruction for this VR.
Instruction* getDefiningInstruction() const {return definingInstruction;}
// Set the defining instruction.
void setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& insn);
};
// Return true if the VirtualRegisters are equals. The only way 2 VRs can be equal is if
// they have the same index. If they have the same index then they are at the same
// address in the indexed pool.
//
inline bool operator == (const VirtualRegister& regA, const VirtualRegister& regB) {return &regA == &regB;}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegisterManager -
struct PreColoredRegister
{
RegisterID id;
RegisterName color;
};
class VirtualRegisterManager
{
private:
IndexedPool<VirtualRegister> registerPool;
PreColoredRegister machineRegister[6];
public:
VirtualRegisterManager()
{
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++)
machineRegister[i].id = invalidID;
}
// Return the VirtualRegister at the given index.
VirtualRegister& getVirtualRegister(RegisterName name) const {return registerPool.get(name);}
// Return a new VirtualRegister.
RegisterID newVirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind classKind)
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = *new(registerPool) VirtualRegister(classKind);
RegisterID rid;
setName(rid, RegisterName(vReg.getIndex()));
setClass(rid, classKind);
return rid;
}
RegisterID newMachineRegister(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind)
{
RegisterID rid = machineRegister[name].id;
if (rid == invalidID) {
rid = newVirtualRegister(classKind);
DEBUG_ONLY(setMachineRegister(rid));
machineRegister[name].id = rid;
machineRegister[name].color = name;
}
return rid;
}
PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersBegin() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) machineRegister;} // FIX
PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersEnd() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) &machineRegister[6];} // FIX
// Return the VirtualRegister universe size.
Uint32 getSize() {return registerPool.getSize();}
void setSize(Uint32 size) {registerPool.setSize(size);}
};
#endif // _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_

View File

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Config stuff for AIX.
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
#
# There are two implementation strategies available on AIX:
# pthreads, and pthreads-user. The default is pthreads.
# In both strategies, we need to use pthread_user.c, instead of
# aix.c. The fact that aix.c is never used is somewhat strange.
#
# So we need to do the following:
# - Default (PTHREADS_USER not defined in the environment or on
# the command line):
# Set PTHREADS_USER=1, USE_PTHREADS=1
# - PTHREADS_USER=1 set in the environment or on the command line:
# Do nothing.
#
ifeq ($(PTHREADS_USER),1)
USE_PTHREADS = # just to be safe
IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH_USER
else
USE_PTHREADS = 1
PTHREADS_USER = 1
endif
DEFAULT_COMPILER = xlc_r
CC = xlc_r
CCC = xlC_r
CPU_ARCH = rs6000
RANLIB = ranlib
OS_CFLAGS = -DAIX -DSYSV
OS_LIBS += -blibpath:/usr/lib:/lib -lc -lm
DSO_LDOPTS = -brtl -bnortllib -bM:SRE -bnoentry
MKSHLIB = $(LD) $(DSO_LDOPTS) -blibpath:/usr/lib:/lib -lc -lm
AIX_WRAP = $(DIST)/lib/aixwrap.o
AIX_TMP = $(OBJDIR)/_aix_tmp.o
ifdef MAPFILE
DSO_LDOPTS += -bexport:$(MAPFILE)
else
DSO_LDOPTS += -bexpall
endif
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = grep -v ';+' $(LIBRARY_NAME).def | grep -v ';-' | \
sed -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,,' > $@
ifdef BUILD_OPT
OPTIMIZER += -qmaxmem=-1
endif
ifeq ($(USE_64), 1)
OS_CFLAGS += -DAIX_64BIT
OBJECT_MODE=64
export OBJECT_MODE
endif

View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Kurt J. Lidl
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
DEFAULT_COMPILER = gcc
CC = gcc
CCC = g++
RANLIB = ranlib
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),i386)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -D__i386__
CPU_ARCH = x86
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),ppc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -D__ppc__
CPU_ARCH = ppc
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),sparc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -D__sparc__
CPU_ARCH = sparc
else
# treat the ultrasparc like a regular sparc, at least for now!
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),sparc_v9)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -D__sparc__
CPU_ARCH = sparc
endif
endif
endif
endif
DLL_SUFFIX = so
OS_CFLAGS = $(DSO_CFLAGS) $(OS_REL_CFLAGS) -Wall -DBSD_OS -DBSDI -Dunix -DHAVE_STRERROR -DHAVE_BSD_FLOCK
ARCH = bsdos
DSO_CFLAGS = -fPIC -DPIC
DSO_LDOPTS = -shared
DSO_LDFLAGS =
DSO_LDOPTS += -Wl,-soname,lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
ifdef LIBRUNPATH
DSO_LDOPTS += -Wl,-R$(LIBRUNPATH)
endif
MKSHLIB = $(CC) $(DSO_LDOPTS)
ifdef MAPFILE
# Add LD options to restrict exported symbols to those in the map file
endif
# Change PROCESS to put the mapfile in the correct format for this platform
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = cp $(LIBRARY_NAME).def $@
G++INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/g++
INCLUDES += -I/usr/X11R6/include

View File

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
XP_DEFINE := $(XP_DEFINE:-DXP_UNIX=-DXP_BEOS)
USE_PTHREADS =
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
CC = gcc
CCC = g++
RANLIB = ranlib
DEFAULT_COMPILER = gcc
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),ppc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -Dppc
CPU_ARCH = ppc
else
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -Di386
CPU_ARCH = x86
endif
MKSHLIB = $(CC) -nostart -Wl,-soname -Wl,$(@:$(OBJDIR)/%.so=%.so)
ifdef BUILD_OPT
OPTIMIZER = -O2
endif
OS_CFLAGS = $(DSO_CFLAGS) $(OS_REL_CFLAGS) -Wall -pipe
OS_LIBS = -lbe
DEFINES += -DBEOS
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
DEFINES += -D_REENTRANT
endif
ARCH = beos
DSO_CFLAGS = -fPIC
DSO_LDOPTS =
DSO_LDFLAGS =

View File

@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
DEFAULT_COMPILER = cc
CC = cc
CCC = c++
RANLIB = ranlib
ifeq (86,$(findstring 86,$(OS_TEST)))
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -Di386
CPU_ARCH = i386
else
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -Dppc
CPU_ARCH = ppc
endif
ifneq (,$(NEXT_ROOT))
GCC_VERSION_FULL := $(shell $(CC) -v 2>&1 | grep "gcc version" | sed -e "s/^.*gcc version[ ]*//" | awk '{ print $$1 }')
GCC_VERSION_MAJOR := $(shell echo $(GCC_VERSION_FULL) | awk -F. '{ print $$1 }')
GCC_VERSION_MINOR := $(shell echo $(GCC_VERSION_FULL) | awk -F. '{ print $$2 }')
GCC_VERSION := $(GCC_VERSION_MAJOR).$(GCC_VERSION_MINOR)
DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS := -nostdinc
ifeq (,$(filter-out 2 3,$(GCC_VERSION_MAJOR)))
# GCC <= 3
DARWIN_TARGET_ARCH_LIB := darwin
DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS += -isystem $(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/include/gcc/darwin/$(GCC_VERSION)
else
# GCC >= 4
DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR := $(shell echo $(NEXT_ROOT) | sed -e 's/^.*MacOSX10\.//' | awk -F. '{ print $$1 }')
ifeq (,$(DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR))
DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR := $(shell echo $(OS_RELEASE) | awk -F. '{ print $$1 }')
else
DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR := $(shell expr $(DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR) + 4)
endif
DARWIN_TARGET_ARCH_LIB := powerpc-apple-darwin$(DARWIN_TARGET_MAJOR)
DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS += -isystem $(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/lib/gcc/$(DARWIN_TARGET_ARCH_LIB)/$(GCC_VERSION_FULL)/include
endif
DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS += -isystem $(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/include -F$(NEXT_ROOT)/System/Library/Frameworks
DARWIN_SDK_LDFLAGS := -L$(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/lib/gcc/$(DARWIN_TARGET_ARCH_LIB) -L$(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/lib/gcc/$(DARWIN_TARGET_ARCH_LIB)/$(GCC_VERSION_FULL) -L$(NEXT_ROOT)/usr/lib
ifneq (,$(shell find $(NEXT_ROOT)/Library/Frameworks -maxdepth 0))
DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS += -F$(NEXT_ROOT)/Library/Frameworks
endif
LDFLAGS += $(DARWIN_SDK_LDFLAGS)
endif
# "Commons" are tentative definitions in a global scope, like this:
# int x;
# The meaning of a common is ambiguous. It may be a true definition:
# int x = 0;
# or it may be a declaration of a symbol defined in another file:
# extern int x;
# Use the -fno-common option to force all commons to become true
# definitions so that the linker can catch multiply-defined symbols.
# Also, common symbols are not allowed with Darwin dynamic libraries.
OS_CFLAGS = $(DSO_CFLAGS) $(OS_REL_CFLAGS) -Wmost -fpascal-strings -no-cpp-precomp -fno-common -pipe -DDARWIN -DHAVE_STRERROR -DHAVE_BSD_FLOCK $(DARWIN_SDK_CFLAGS)
ifdef BUILD_OPT
OPTIMIZER = -O2
endif
ARCH = darwin
# May override this with -bundle to create a loadable module.
DSO_LDOPTS = -dynamiclib -compatibility_version 1 -current_version 1 -install_name @executable_path/$(notdir $@) -headerpad_max_install_names $(DARWIN_SDK_LDFLAGS)
MKSHLIB = $(CC) -arch $(CPU_ARCH) $(DSO_LDOPTS)
DLL_SUFFIX = dylib
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = grep -v ';+' $(LIBRARY_NAME).def | grep -v ';-' | \
sed -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,,' -e 's,^,_,' > $@
G++INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/g++

View File

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
DEFAULT_COMPILER = gcc
CC = gcc
CCC = g++
RANLIB = ranlib
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),alpha)
CPU_ARCH = alpha
else
CPU_ARCH = x86
endif
OS_CFLAGS = $(DSO_CFLAGS) -ansi -Wall -DFREEBSD -DHAVE_STRERROR -DHAVE_BSD_FLOCK
DSO_CFLAGS = -fPIC
DSO_LDOPTS = -shared -Wl,-soname -Wl,$(notdir $@)
#
# The default implementation strategy for FreeBSD is pthreads.
#
ifndef CLASSIC_NSPR
USE_PTHREADS = 1
DEFINES += -D_THREAD_SAFE -D_REENTRANT
OS_LIBS += -pthread
DSO_LDOPTS += -pthread
endif
ARCH = freebsd
MOZ_OBJFORMAT := $(shell test -x /usr/bin/objformat && /usr/bin/objformat || echo aout)
ifeq ($(MOZ_OBJFORMAT),elf)
DLL_SUFFIX = so
else
DLL_SUFFIX = so.1.0
endif
MKSHLIB = $(CC) $(DSO_LDOPTS)
ifdef MAPFILE
# Add LD options to restrict exported symbols to those in the map file
endif
# Change PROCESS to put the mapfile in the correct format for this platform
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = cp $(LIBRARY_NAME).def $@
G++INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/g++
INCLUDES += -I/usr/X11R6/include

View File

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#
# Config stuff for HP-UX
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
DEFAULT_COMPILER = cc
CPU_ARCH = hppa
DLL_SUFFIX = sl
CC = cc
CCC = CC
OS_CFLAGS += -Ae $(DSO_CFLAGS) -DHPUX -D$(CPU_ARCH) -D_HPUX_SOURCE -D_USE_BIG_FDS
ifeq ($(DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY),_PTH)
USE_PTHREADS = 1
ifeq ($(CLASSIC_NSPR),1)
USE_PTHREADS =
IMPL_STRATEGY = _CLASSIC
endif
ifeq ($(PTHREADS_USER),1)
USE_PTHREADS =
IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH_USER
endif
endif
ifdef PTHREADS_USER
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif
LDFLAGS = -z -Wl,+s
MKSHLIB = $(LD) $(DSO_LDOPTS)
ifdef MAPFILE
MKSHLIB += -c $(MAPFILE)
endif
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = grep -v ';+' $(LIBRARY_NAME).def | grep -v ';-' | \
sed -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,,' -e 's,^,+e ,' > $@
DSO_LDOPTS = -b +h $(notdir $@)
DSO_LDFLAGS =
# +Z generates position independent code for use in shared libraries.
DSO_CFLAGS = +Z

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#
# On HP-UX 9, the default (and only) implementation strategy is
# classic nspr.
#
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),A.09.03)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _CLASSIC
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXA.09.03
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXA.09.mk

View File

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 9, the default (and only) implementation strategy is
# classic nspr.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),A.09.07)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _CLASSIC
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXA.09.07
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXA.09.mk

View File

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXA.09
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UX.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX9

View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.10.01)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _CLASSIC
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.10.01
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.10.mk

View File

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.10 and 10.20, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads (actually DCE threads). Classic nspr is also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.10.10)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.10.10
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.10.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10_10
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
OS_CFLAGS += -D_REENTRANT
endif

View File

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.10 and 10.20, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads (actually DCE threads). Classic nspr is also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.10.20)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.10.20
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.10.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10_20
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
OS_CFLAGS += -D_REENTRANT
endif

View File

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.30 and 11.00, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads. Classic nspr and pthreads-user are also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.10.30)
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.10.30.
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.10.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10_30
#
# To use the true pthread (kernel thread) library on 10.30 and
# 11.00, we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to be 199506L.
# The _REENTRANT macro is deprecated.
#
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif

View File

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UX.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10
OS_LIBS += -lpthread -lm

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.30 and 11.00, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads. Classic nspr and pthreads-user are also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.11.00)
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# To use the true pthread (kernel thread) library on 10.30 and
# 11.00, we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to be 199506L.
# The _REENTRANT macro is deprecated.
#
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.11.00.
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.11.mk

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.30 and 11.x, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads. Classic nspr and pthreads-user are also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.11.11)
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# To use the true pthread (kernel thread) library on 10.30 and
# 11.x, we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to be 199506L.
# The _REENTRANT macro is deprecated.
#
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.11.11.
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.11.mk

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.30 and 11.x, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads. Classic nspr and pthreads-user are also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.11.20)
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# To use the true pthread (kernel thread) library on 10.30 and
# 11.x, we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to be 199506L.
# The _REENTRANT macro is deprecated.
#
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.11.x.
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.11.mk

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# On HP-UX 10.30 and 11.x, the default implementation strategy is
# pthreads. Classic nspr and pthreads-user are also available.
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),B.11.22)
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX10
DEFAULT_IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
#
# To use the true pthread (kernel thread) library on 10.30 and
# 11.x, we should define _POSIX_C_SOURCE to be 199506L.
# The _REENTRANT macro is deprecated.
#
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
OS_CFLAGS += -D_POSIX_C_SOURCE=199506L
endif
#
# Config stuff for HP-UXB.11.x.
#
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UXB.11.mk

View File

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/HP-UX.mk
ifdef USE_LONG_LONGS
USE_HYBRID = 1
endif
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
CCC = /opt/aCC/bin/aCC -ext
ifeq ($(USE_64), 1)
ifeq ($(OS_TEST), ia64)
OS_CFLAGS += -Aa +e +p +DD64
else
# Our HP-UX build machine has a strange problem. If
# a 64-bit PA-RISC executable calls getcwd() in a
# network-mounted directory, it fails with ENOENT.
# We don't know why. Since nsinstall calls getcwd(),
# this breaks our 64-bit HP-UX nightly builds. None
# of our other HP-UX machines have this problem.
#
# We worked around this problem by building nsinstall
# as a 32-bit PA-RISC executable for 64-bit PA-RISC
# builds. -- wtc 2003-06-03
ifdef INTERNAL_TOOLS
OS_CFLAGS += +DAportable +DS2.0
else
OS_CFLAGS += -Aa +e +DA2.0W +DS2.0 +DChpux
endif
endif
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST), ia64)
OS_CFLAGS += -Aa +e +p +DD32
else
ifdef USE_HYBRID
OS_CFLAGS += -Aa +e +DA2.0 +DS2.0
else
OS_CFLAGS += +DAportable +DS2.0
endif
endif
endif
else
CCC = aCC
endif
OS_CFLAGS += -DHPUX11
OS_LIBS += -lpthread -lm -lrt
#ifeq ($(USE_64), 1)
#OS_LIBS += -ldl
#else
#OS_LIBS += -ldld
#endif
HPUX11 = 1

View File

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
#
# The default implementation strategy for Irix is classic nspr.
#
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
IMPL_STRATEGY = _n32_PTH
else
IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
endif
DEFAULT_COMPILER = cc
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
CC = gcc
AS = $(CC) -x assembler-with-cpp
ODD_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wno-format
ifdef BUILD_OPT
OPTIMIZER = -O6
endif
else
CC = cc
CCC = CC
ODD_CFLAGS = -fullwarn -xansi -woff 1209
ifdef BUILD_OPT
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
OPTIMIZER = -O -OPT:Olimit=4000
else
OPTIMIZER = -O -Olimit 4000
endif
endif
# For 6.x machines, include this flag
ifeq (6., $(findstring 6., $(OS_RELEASE)))
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
ODD_CFLAGS += -n32 -mips3 -exceptions
else
ODD_CFLAGS += -32 -multigot
endif
else
ODD_CFLAGS += -xgot
endif
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
OS_CFLAGS += -dollar
endif
endif
ODD_CFLAGS += -DSVR4 -DIRIX
CPU_ARCH = mips
RANLIB = /bin/true
# For purify
# NOTE: should always define _SGI_MP_SOURCE
NOMD_OS_CFLAGS += $(ODD_CFLAGS) -D_SGI_MP_SOURCE
OS_CFLAGS += $(NOMD_OS_CFLAGS)
ifdef USE_MDUPDATE
OS_CFLAGS += -MDupdate $(DEPENDENCIES)
endif
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
SHLIB_LD_OPTS += -n32 -mips3
endif
MKSHLIB += $(LD) $(SHLIB_LD_OPTS) -shared -soname $(@:$(OBJDIR)/%.so=%.so)
ifdef MAPFILE
# Add LD options to restrict exported symbols to those in the map file
endif
# Change PROCESS to put the mapfile in the correct format for this platform
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = cp $(LIBRARY_NAME).def $@
DSO_LDOPTS = -elf -shared -all
ifdef DSO_BACKEND
DSO_LDOPTS += -soname $(DSO_NAME)
endif
#
# Revision notes:
#
# In the IRIX compilers prior to version 7.2, -n32 implied -mips3.
# Beginning in the 7.2 compilers, -n32 implies -mips4 when the compiler
# is running on a system with a mips4 CPU (e.g. R8K, R10K).
# We want our code to explicitly be mips3 code, so we now explicitly
# set -mips3 whenever we set -n32.
#

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX5.mk

View File

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX5.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DIRIX5_3

View File

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX.mk
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
ODD_CFLAGS += -xgot
endif

View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# catch unresolved symbols
SHLIB_LD_OPTS += -no_unresolved
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX6.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DIRIX6_2

View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# catch unresolved symbols
SHLIB_LD_OPTS += -no_unresolved
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX6.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DIRIX6_3

View File

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# catch unresolved symbols
SHLIB_LD_OPTS += -no_unresolved
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX6.mk
OS_CFLAGS += -DIRIX6_5
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
OS_CFLAGS += -mips3
endif

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/IRIX.mk
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
ifneq ($(USE_N32),1)
OS_CFLAGS += -32
endif
ODD_CFLAGS += -multigot
endif
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
OS_LIBS += -lpthread
endif

View File

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/UNIX.mk
#
# The default implementation strategy for Linux is now pthreads
#
USE_PTHREADS = 1
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
IMPL_STRATEGY = _PTH
endif
CC = gcc
CCC = g++
RANLIB = ranlib
DEFAULT_COMPILER = gcc
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),m68k)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = m68k
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),ppc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = ppc
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),alpha)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -D_ALPHA_ -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = alpha
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),ia64)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = ia64
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),x86_64)
ifeq ($(USE_64),1)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = x86_64
else
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -Di386 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = x86
ARCHFLAG = -m32
endif
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),sparc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = sparc
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),sparc64)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = sparc
else
ifeq (,$(filter-out arm% sa110,$(OS_TEST)))
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = arm
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),parisc)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = hppa
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),parisc64)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = hppa
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),s390)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = s390
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),s390x)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = s390x
else
ifeq ($(OS_TEST),mips)
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = mips
else
OS_REL_CFLAGS = -DLINUX1_2 -Di386 -D_XOPEN_SOURCE
CPU_ARCH = x86
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
LIBC_TAG = _glibc
ifeq ($(OS_RELEASE),2.0)
OS_REL_CFLAGS += -DLINUX2_0
MKSHLIB = $(CC) -shared -Wl,-soname -Wl,$(@:$(OBJDIR)/%.so=%.so)
ifdef BUILD_OPT
OPTIMIZER = -O2
endif
ifdef MAPFILE
MKSHLIB += -Wl,--version-script,$(MAPFILE)
endif
PROCESS_MAP_FILE = grep -v ';-' $(LIBRARY_NAME).def | \
sed -e 's,;+,,' -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,;,' > $@
endif
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS),1)
OS_PTHREAD = -lpthread
endif
OS_CFLAGS = $(DSO_CFLAGS) $(OS_REL_CFLAGS) $(ARCHFLAG) -ansi -Wall -pipe -DLINUX -Dlinux -D_POSIX_SOURCE -D_BSD_SOURCE -DHAVE_STRERROR
OS_LIBS = $(OS_PTHREAD) -ldl -lc
ifdef USE_PTHREADS
DEFINES += -D_REENTRANT
endif
ARCH = linux
DSO_CFLAGS = -fPIC
DSO_LDOPTS = -shared $(ARCHFLAG)
DSO_LDFLAGS =
LDFLAGS += $(ARCHFLAG)
# INCLUDES += -I/usr/include -Y/usr/include/linux
G++INCLUDES = -I/usr/include/g++
#
# Always set CPU_TAG on Linux, OpenVMS, WINCE.
#
CPU_TAG = _$(CPU_ARCH)

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More